diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'intl')
42 files changed, 0 insertions, 11153 deletions
diff --git a/intl/.cvsignore b/intl/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index f3c7a7c..0000000 --- a/intl/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Makefile diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index eed2d21..0000000 --- a/intl/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -2003-05-22 GNU <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org> - - * Version 0.12.1 released. - diff --git a/intl/Makefile.in b/intl/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 8823964..0000000 --- a/intl/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,479 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext -# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. - -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ - -SHELL = /bin/sh - -srcdir = @srcdir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -top_builddir = .. -VPATH = $(srcdir) - -prefix = @prefix@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -transform = @program_transform_name@ -libdir = @libdir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -localedir = $(datadir)/locale -gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl -aliaspath = $(localedir) -subdir = intl - -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ -mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(MKINSTALLDIRS) - -l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ - -AR = ar -CC = @CC@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d -YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext - -DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \ --DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DIN_LIBINTL \ --DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY -DINSTALLDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DNO_XMALLOC \ --Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \ --Drelocate=libintl_relocate \ --DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 @DEFS@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ - -COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) - -HEADERS = \ - gmo.h \ - gettextP.h \ - hash-string.h \ - loadinfo.h \ - plural-exp.h \ - eval-plural.h \ - localcharset.h \ - relocatable.h \ - os2compat.h \ - libgnuintl.h.in -SOURCES = \ - bindtextdom.c \ - dcgettext.c \ - dgettext.c \ - gettext.c \ - finddomain.c \ - loadmsgcat.c \ - localealias.c \ - textdomain.c \ - l10nflist.c \ - explodename.c \ - dcigettext.c \ - dcngettext.c \ - dngettext.c \ - ngettext.c \ - plural.y \ - plural-exp.c \ - localcharset.c \ - relocatable.c \ - localename.c \ - log.c \ - osdep.c \ - os2compat.c \ - intl-compat.c -OBJECTS = \ - bindtextdom.$lo \ - dcgettext.$lo \ - dgettext.$lo \ - gettext.$lo \ - finddomain.$lo \ - loadmsgcat.$lo \ - localealias.$lo \ - textdomain.$lo \ - l10nflist.$lo \ - explodename.$lo \ - dcigettext.$lo \ - dcngettext.$lo \ - dngettext.$lo \ - ngettext.$lo \ - plural.$lo \ - plural-exp.$lo \ - localcharset.$lo \ - relocatable.$lo \ - localename.$lo \ - log.$lo \ - osdep.$lo \ - intl-compat.$lo -DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \ -config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) -DISTFILES.generated = plural.c -DISTFILES.normal = VERSION -DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc \ -Makefile.vms libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared README.woe32 Makefile.msvc -DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \ -COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h - -all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ -all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed -all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ -all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la -all-no-no: - -libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS) - rm -f $@ - $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS) - $(RANLIB) $@ - -libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS) - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \ - $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \ - $(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ $(LIBS) -lc \ - -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \ - -rpath $(libdir) \ - -no-undefined - -# Libtool's library version information for libintl. -# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this -# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions". -# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not* -# change these values. -LTV_CURRENT=5 -LTV_REVISION=0 -LTV_AGE=3 - -.SUFFIXES: -.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed - -.c.o: - $(COMPILE) $< - -.y.c: - $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $< - rm -f $*.h - -bindtextdom.lo: $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c -dcgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c -dgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dgettext.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dgettext.c -gettext.lo: $(srcdir)/gettext.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/gettext.c -finddomain.lo: $(srcdir)/finddomain.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/finddomain.c -loadmsgcat.lo: $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c -localealias.lo: $(srcdir)/localealias.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localealias.c -textdomain.lo: $(srcdir)/textdomain.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/textdomain.c -l10nflist.lo: $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c -explodename.lo: $(srcdir)/explodename.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/explodename.c -dcigettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c -dcngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c -dngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dngettext.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dngettext.c -ngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/ngettext.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/ngettext.c -plural.lo: $(srcdir)/plural.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural.c -plural-exp.lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c -localcharset.lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localcharset.c -relocatable.lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/relocatable.c -localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c -log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c -osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c -intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c - -ref-add.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin - sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin > t-ref-add.sed - mv t-ref-add.sed ref-add.sed -ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin - sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin > t-ref-del.sed - mv t-ref-del.sed ref-del.sed - -INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I.. - -libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in - cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in libgnuintl.h - -libintl.h: libgnuintl.h - cp libgnuintl.h libintl.h - -charset.alias: $(srcdir)/config.charset - $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@ - mv t-$@ $@ - -check: all - -# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a -# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a -# separate library. -# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the -# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'. -install: install-exec install-data -install-exec: all - if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ - && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ - if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \ - dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \ - if test -n "$dependencies"; then \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \ - fi; \ - fi; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ - && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) libgnuintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.so $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ - test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ - temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ - dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ - if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ - orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ - sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - else \ - if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \ - orig=charset.alias; \ - sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - fi; \ - fi; \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \ - test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ - && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ - || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \ - temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ - dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ - sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi -install-data: all - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \ - dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \ - for file in $$dists; do \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \ - $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ - done; \ - chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \ - dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \ - for file in $$dists; do \ - if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \ - $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ - done; \ - dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \ - for file in $$dists; do \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ - done; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - -install-strip: install - -installdirs: - if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ - && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ - && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ - test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ - $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - -# Define this as empty until I found a useful application. -installcheck: - -uninstall: - if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ - && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ - && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ - if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ - temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ - dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ - sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ - if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ - rm -f $$dest; \ - else \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - fi; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - fi; \ - if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \ - temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ - dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ - sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ - if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ - rm -f $$dest; \ - else \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ - fi; \ - rm -f $$temp; \ - fi; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ - for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \ - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ - done; \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - -info dvi ps pdf html: - -$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h -bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo textdomain.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h $(srcdir)/gmo.h $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h -dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.h -explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h -dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h -dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h -localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h -localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h - -tags: TAGS - -TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - -ctags: CTAGS - -CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - -id: ID - -ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) - - -mostlyclean: - rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo core core.* - rm -f libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed - rm -f -r .libs _libs - -clean: mostlyclean - -distclean: clean - rm -f Makefile ID TAGS - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ - rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \ - else \ - : ; \ - fi - -maintainer-clean: distclean - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." - - -# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some -# other files which should not be distributed in other packages. -distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) -dist distdir: Makefile - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ - : ; \ - else \ - if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime"; then \ - additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \ - else \ - additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \ - fi; \ - $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \ - for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \ - if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ - cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \ - done; \ - fi - -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status -# This would be more efficient, but doesn't work any more with autoconf-2.57, -# when AC_CONFIG_FILES([intl/Makefile:somedir/Makefile.in]) is used. -# cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status - -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/intl/VERSION b/intl/VERSION deleted file mode 100644 index 1303183..0000000 --- a/intl/VERSION +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -GNU gettext library from gettext-0.12.1 diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c deleted file mode 100644 index 250f5e8..0000000 --- a/intl/bindtextdom.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,374 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function - Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif -#include "gettextP.h" - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ -# include <bits/libc-lock.h> -#else -/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ -# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) -#endif - -/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different - names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs - using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ -#if !defined _LIBC -# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname -# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings -#endif - -/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */ -#ifndef offsetof -# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ -extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; -#ifdef _LIBC -extern const char _nl_default_dirname_internal[] attribute_hidden; -#else -# define INTUSE(name) name -#endif - -/* List with bindings of specific domains. */ -extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; - -/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ -__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) - - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain -# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset -# ifndef strdup -# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) -# endif -#else -# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain -# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset -#endif - -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname, - const char **dirnamep, - const char **codesetp)); - -/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP - to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog. - If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not - modified, only the current value is returned. - If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither - modified nor returned. */ -static void -set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp) - const char *domainname; - const char **dirnamep; - const char **codesetp; -{ - struct binding *binding; - int modified; - - /* Some sanity checks. */ - if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0') - { - if (dirnamep) - *dirnamep = NULL; - if (codesetp) - *codesetp = NULL; - return; - } - - __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); - - modified = 0; - - for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) - { - int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); - if (compare == 0) - /* We found it! */ - break; - if (compare < 0) - { - /* It is not in the list. */ - binding = NULL; - break; - } - } - - if (binding != NULL) - { - if (dirnamep) - { - const char *dirname = *dirnamep; - - if (dirname == NULL) - /* The current binding has be to returned. */ - *dirnamep = binding->dirname; - else - { - /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old - one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the - old binding. */ - char *result = binding->dirname; - if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0) - { - if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0) - result = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); - else - { -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (dirname); -#else - size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - memcpy (result, dirname, len); -#endif - } - - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - { - if (binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) - free (binding->dirname); - - binding->dirname = result; - modified = 1; - } - } - *dirnamep = result; - } - } - - if (codesetp) - { - const char *codeset = *codesetp; - - if (codeset == NULL) - /* The current binding has be to returned. */ - *codesetp = binding->codeset; - else - { - /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old - one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the - old binding. */ - char *result = binding->codeset; - if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0) - { -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (codeset); -#else - size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - memcpy (result, codeset, len); -#endif - - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - { - if (binding->codeset != NULL) - free (binding->codeset); - - binding->codeset = result; - binding->codeset_cntr++; - modified = 1; - } - } - *codesetp = result; - } - } - } - else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL) - && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL)) - { - /* Simply return the default values. */ - if (dirnamep) - *dirnamep = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); - if (codesetp) - *codesetp = NULL; - } - else - { - /* We have to create a new binding. */ - size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; - struct binding *new_binding = - (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len); - - if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0)) - goto failed; - - memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len); - - if (dirnamep) - { - const char *dirname = *dirnamep; - - if (dirname == NULL) - /* The default value. */ - dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); - else - { - if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0) - dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); - else - { - char *result; -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (dirname); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_dirname; -#else - size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_dirname; - memcpy (result, dirname, len); -#endif - dirname = result; - } - } - *dirnamep = dirname; - new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname; - } - else - /* The default value. */ - new_binding->dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); - - new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0; - - if (codesetp) - { - const char *codeset = *codesetp; - - if (codeset != NULL) - { - char *result; - -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (codeset); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_codeset; -#else - size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_codeset; - memcpy (result, codeset, len); -#endif - codeset = result; - new_binding->codeset_cntr++; - } - *codesetp = codeset; - new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset; - } - else - new_binding->codeset = NULL; - - /* Now enqueue it. */ - if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL - || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0) - { - new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings; - _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding; - } - else - { - binding = _nl_domain_bindings; - while (binding->next != NULL - && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0) - binding = binding->next; - - new_binding->next = binding->next; - binding->next = new_binding; - } - - modified = 1; - - /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */ - if (0) - { - failed_codeset: - if (new_binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) - free (new_binding->dirname); - failed_dirname: - free (new_binding); - failed: - if (dirnamep) - *dirnamep = NULL; - if (codesetp) - *codesetp = NULL; - } - } - - /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */ - if (modified) - ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; - - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); -} - -/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found - in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ -char * -BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname) - const char *domainname; - const char *dirname; -{ - set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL); - return (char *) dirname; -} - -/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the - DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ -char * -BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset) - const char *domainname; - const char *codeset; -{ - set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset); - return (char *) codeset; -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain); -weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset); -#endif diff --git a/intl/config.charset b/intl/config.charset deleted file mode 100755 index 32becec..0000000 --- a/intl/config.charset +++ /dev/null @@ -1,467 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases. -# -# Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. -# -# The table consists of lines of the form -# ALIAS CANONICAL -# -# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)". -# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way. -# -# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding. -# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is -# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case -# MIME charset name is preferred. -# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows. -# -# name used by which systems a MIME name? -# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd -# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-3 glibc solaris yes -# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes -# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes -# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes -# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes -# ISO-8859-13 glibc -# ISO-8859-14 glibc -# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd -# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes -# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes -# KOI8-T glibc -# CP437 dos -# CP775 dos -# CP850 aix osf dos -# CP852 dos -# CP855 dos -# CP856 aix -# CP857 dos -# CP861 dos -# CP862 dos -# CP864 dos -# CP865 dos -# CP866 freebsd dos -# CP869 dos -# CP874 woe32 dos -# CP922 aix -# CP932 aix woe32 dos -# CP943 aix -# CP949 osf woe32 dos -# CP950 woe32 dos -# CP1046 aix -# CP1124 aix -# CP1125 dos -# CP1129 aix -# CP1250 woe32 -# CP1251 glibc solaris woe32 -# CP1252 aix woe32 -# CP1253 woe32 -# CP1254 woe32 -# CP1255 glibc woe32 -# CP1256 woe32 -# CP1257 woe32 -# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes -# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris -# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes -# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris -# GBK glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos -# GB18030 glibc solaris -# SHIFT_JIS hpux osf solaris freebsd yes -# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32 -# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris -# VISCII glibc yes -# TCVN5712-1 glibc -# GEORGIAN-PS glibc -# HP-ROMAN8 hpux -# HP-ARABIC8 hpux -# HP-GREEK8 hpux -# HP-HEBREW8 hpux -# HP-TURKISH8 hpux -# HP-KANA8 hpux -# DEC-KANJI osf -# DEC-HANYU osf -# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes -# -# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in -# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.). -# -# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications -# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent. -# -# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, -# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM -# or -# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM - -host="$1" -os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'` -echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases," -echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'." -echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset." -# List of references, updated during installation: -echo "# Packages using this file: " -case "$os" in - linux* | *-gnu*) - # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization, - # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all - # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not - # need to install the alias file at all. - # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs. - echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII" - ;; - aix*) - echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" - echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" - echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" - echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" - echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" - echo "IBM-850 CP850" - echo "IBM-856 CP856" - echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13" - echo "IBM-922 CP922" - echo "IBM-932 CP932" - echo "IBM-943 CP943" - echo "IBM-1046 CP1046" - echo "IBM-1124 CP1124" - echo "IBM-1129 CP1129" - echo "IBM-1252 CP1252" - echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312" - echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR" - echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW" - echo "big5 BIG5" - echo "GBK GBK" - echo "TIS-620 TIS-620" - echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" - ;; - hpux*) - echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1" - echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2" - echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5" - echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6" - echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7" - echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8" - echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9" - echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15" - echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8" - echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8" - echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8" - echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8" - echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8" - echo "kana8 HP-KANA8" - echo "tis620 TIS-620" - echo "big5 BIG5" - echo "eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "eucKR EUC-KR" - echo "eucTW EUC-TW" - echo "hp15CN GB2312" - #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this? - echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" - echo "utf8 UTF-8" - ;; - irix*) - echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" - echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" - echo "eucCN GB2312" - echo "eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "eucKR EUC-KR" - echo "eucTW EUC-TW" - ;; - osf*) - echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" - echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" - echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" - echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" - echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" - echo "cp850 CP850" - echo "big5 BIG5" - echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU" - echo "dechanzi GB2312" - echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI" - echo "deckorean EUC-KR" - echo "eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "eucKR EUC-KR" - echo "eucTW EUC-TW" - echo "GBK GBK" - echo "KSC5601 CP949" - echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP" - echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" - echo "TACTIS TIS-620" - echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" - ;; - solaris*) - echo "646 ASCII" - echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3" - echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" - echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" - echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" - echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" - echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" - echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" - echo "koi8-r KOI8-R" - echo "ansi-1251 CP1251" - echo "BIG5 BIG5" - echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS" - echo "gb2312 GB2312" - echo "GBK GBK" - echo "GB18030 GB18030" - echo "cns11643 EUC-TW" - echo "5601 EUC-KR" - echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB" - echo "eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS" - echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620" - #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this? - echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" - ;; - freebsd* | os2*) - # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore - # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name - # from the environment variables. - # Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just - # reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2. - echo "C ASCII" - echo "US-ASCII ASCII" - for l in la_LN lt_LN; do - echo "$l.ASCII ASCII" - done - for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ - fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \ - lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do - echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15" - done - for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do - echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - done - for l in la_LN lt_LT; do - echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4" - done - for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do - echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" - echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "$l.CP866 CP866" - done - echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" - echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" - echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" - echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" - echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" - echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" - echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS" - echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" - ;; - netbsd*) - echo "646 ASCII" - echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" - echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" - echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" - echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" - echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" - echo "eucCN GB2312" - echo "eucJP EUC-JP" - echo "eucKR EUC-KR" - echo "eucTW EUC-TW" - echo "BIG5 BIG5" - echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" - ;; - beos*) - # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding. - echo "* UTF-8" - ;; - msdosdjgpp*) - # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore - # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name - # from the environment variables. - echo "#" - echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct." - echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and" - echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just" - echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to" - echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>" - echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>." - echo "#" - echo "C ASCII" - # ISO-8859-1 languages - echo "ca CP850" - echo "ca_ES CP850" - echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "de CP850" - echo "de_AT CP850" - echo "de_CH CP850" - echo "de_DE CP850" - echo "en CP850" - echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ?? - echo "en_CA CP850" - echo "en_GB CP850" - echo "en_NZ CP437" - echo "en_US CP437" - echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ?? - echo "es CP850" - echo "es_AR CP850" - echo "es_BO CP850" - echo "es_CL CP850" - echo "es_CO CP850" - echo "es_CR CP850" - echo "es_CU CP850" - echo "es_DO CP850" - echo "es_EC CP850" - echo "es_ES CP850" - echo "es_GT CP850" - echo "es_HN CP850" - echo "es_MX CP850" - echo "es_NI CP850" - echo "es_PA CP850" - echo "es_PY CP850" - echo "es_PE CP850" - echo "es_SV CP850" - echo "es_UY CP850" - echo "es_VE CP850" - echo "et CP850" - echo "et_EE CP850" - echo "eu CP850" - echo "eu_ES CP850" - echo "fi CP850" - echo "fi_FI CP850" - echo "fr CP850" - echo "fr_BE CP850" - echo "fr_CA CP850" - echo "fr_CH CP850" - echo "fr_FR CP850" - echo "ga CP850" - echo "ga_IE CP850" - echo "gd CP850" - echo "gd_GB CP850" - echo "gl CP850" - echo "gl_ES CP850" - echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ?? - echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ?? - echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ?? - echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ?? - echo "it CP850" - echo "it_CH CP850" - echo "it_IT CP850" - echo "lt CP775" - echo "lt_LT CP775" - echo "lv CP775" - echo "lv_LV CP775" - echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "nl CP850" - echo "nl_BE CP850" - echo "nl_NL CP850" - echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? - echo "pt CP850" - echo "pt_BR CP850" - echo "pt_PT CP850" - echo "sv CP850" - echo "sv_SE CP850" - # ISO-8859-2 languages - echo "cs CP852" - echo "cs_CZ CP852" - echo "hr CP852" - echo "hr_HR CP852" - echo "hu CP852" - echo "hu_HU CP852" - echo "pl CP852" - echo "pl_PL CP852" - echo "ro CP852" - echo "ro_RO CP852" - echo "sk CP852" - echo "sk_SK CP852" - echo "sl CP852" - echo "sl_SI CP852" - echo "sq CP852" - echo "sq_AL CP852" - echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? - echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? - # ISO-8859-3 languages - echo "mt CP850" - echo "mt_MT CP850" - # ISO-8859-5 languages - echo "be CP866" - echo "be_BE CP866" - echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ?? - echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ?? - echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ?? - echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ?? - echo "ru CP866" - echo "ru_RU CP866" - echo "uk CP1125" - echo "uk_UA CP1125" - # ISO-8859-6 languages - echo "ar CP864" - echo "ar_AE CP864" - echo "ar_DZ CP864" - echo "ar_EG CP864" - echo "ar_IQ CP864" - echo "ar_IR CP864" - echo "ar_JO CP864" - echo "ar_KW CP864" - echo "ar_MA CP864" - echo "ar_OM CP864" - echo "ar_QA CP864" - echo "ar_SA CP864" - echo "ar_SY CP864" - # ISO-8859-7 languages - echo "el CP869" - echo "el_GR CP869" - # ISO-8859-8 languages - echo "he CP862" - echo "he_IL CP862" - # ISO-8859-9 languages - echo "tr CP857" - echo "tr_TR CP857" - # Japanese - echo "ja CP932" - echo "ja_JP CP932" - # Chinese - echo "zh_CN GBK" - echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ?? - # Korean - echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ?? - echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ?? - # Thai - echo "th CP874" - echo "th_TH CP874" - # Other - echo "eo CP850" - echo "eo_EO CP850" - ;; -esac diff --git a/intl/dcgettext.c b/intl/dcgettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index ca6a1c8..0000000 --- a/intl/dcgettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext -# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext -#else -# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext -# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -char * -DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; - int category; -{ - return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -INTDEF(__dcgettext) -weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/dcigettext.c b/intl/dcigettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index f6edb95..0000000 --- a/intl/dcigettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1238 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). - This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include - <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <sys/types.h> - -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define alloca __builtin_alloca -# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 -#else -# ifdef _MSC_VER -# include <malloc.h> -# define alloca _alloca -# else -# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC -# include <alloca.h> -# else -# ifdef _AIX - #pragma alloca -# else -# ifndef alloca -char *alloca (); -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -#include <errno.h> -#ifndef errno -extern int errno; -#endif -#ifndef __set_errno -# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val) -#endif - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> - -#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC -# include <unistd.h> -#endif - -#include <locale.h> - -#ifdef _LIBC - /* Guess whether integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE. - Set to 1 only if you know for sure. In case of doubt, set to 0. */ -# if defined __alpha__ || defined __arm__ || defined __i386__ \ - || defined __m68k__ || defined __s390__ -# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 1 -# else -# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 0 -# endif -#endif -#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE -# include <signal.h> -#endif - -#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC -# include <sys/param.h> -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#include "plural-exp.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif -#include "hash-string.h" - -/* Thread safetyness. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <bits/libc-lock.h> -#else -/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ -# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) -# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME) -# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) -#endif - -/* Alignment of types. */ -#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 -# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE) -#else -# define alignof(TYPE) \ - ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2) -#endif - -/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different - names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs - using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ -#if !defined _LIBC -# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain -# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain -# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname -# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings -#endif - -/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */ -#ifndef offsetof -# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard - because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object - file and the name space must not be polluted. */ -# define getcwd __getcwd -# ifndef stpcpy -# define stpcpy __stpcpy -# endif -# define tfind __tfind -#else -# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD -char *getwd (); -# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf) -# else -char *getcwd (); -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY -static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY -static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)); -# endif -#endif - -/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */ -#define PATH_INCR 32 - -/* The following is from pathmax.h. */ -/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define - PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is - later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */ -#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__) -# include <limits.h> -#endif - -#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX -# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255 -#endif - -#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX -# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)) -#endif - -/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */ -#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN -# include <sys/param.h> -#endif - -#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN -# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN -#endif - -#ifndef PATH_MAX -# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX -#endif - -/* Pathname support. - ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. - IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, - it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. - IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. - */ -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ - /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ -# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') -# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ - ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ - && (P)[1] == ':') -# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) -# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ - (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) -#else - /* Unix */ -# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') -# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) -# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) -#endif - -/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations - are stored. */ -struct known_translation_t -{ - /* Domain in which to search. */ - char *domainname; - - /* The category. */ - int category; - - /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */ - int counter; - - /* Catalog where the string was found. */ - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; - - /* And finally the translation. */ - const char *translation; - size_t translation_length; - - /* Pointer to the string in question. */ - char msgid[ZERO]; -}; - -/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this - only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */ -#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC -# include <search.h> - -static void *root; - -# ifdef _LIBC -# define tsearch __tsearch -# endif - -/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */ -static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2)); -static int -transcmp (p1, p2) - const void *p1; - const void *p2; -{ - const struct known_translation_t *s1; - const struct known_translation_t *s2; - int result; - - s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1; - s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2; - - result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid); - if (result == 0) - { - result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname); - if (result == 0) - /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest - operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely - LC_MESSAGES). */ - result = s1->category - s2->category; - } - - return result; -} -#endif - -#ifndef INTVARDEF -# define INTVARDEF(name) -#endif -#ifndef INTUSE -# define INTUSE(name) name -#endif - -/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to - textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */ -const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden = "messages"; - -/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */ -const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden - = _nl_default_default_domain; - -/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ -#if defined __EMX__ -extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; -#else -const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR; -INTVARDEF (_nl_default_dirname) -#endif - -/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain() - calls. */ -struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; - -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, - unsigned long int n, - const char *translation, - size_t translation_len)) - internal_function; -static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category, - const char *categoryname)) - internal_function; -#ifdef _LIBC -# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" -# define category_to_name(category) _nl_category_names[category] -#else -static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function; -#endif - - -/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add - some additional code emulating it. */ -#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA -/* Nothing has to be done. */ -# define freea(p) /* nothing */ -# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */ -# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */ -#else -struct block_list -{ - void *address; - struct block_list *next; -}; -# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \ - do { \ - struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \ - /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \ - the list. */ \ - if (newp != NULL) { \ - newp->address = (addr); \ - newp->next = (list); \ - (list) = newp; \ - } \ - } while (0) -# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \ - do { \ - while (list != NULL) { \ - struct block_list *old = list; \ - list = list->next; \ - free (old->address); \ - free (old); \ - } \ - } while (0) -# undef alloca -# define alloca(size) (malloc (size)) -# define freea(p) free (p) -#endif /* have alloca */ - - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */ -typedef struct transmem_list -{ - struct transmem_list *next; - char data[ZERO]; -} transmem_block_t; -static struct transmem_list *transmem_list; -#else -typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t; -#endif - - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext -#else -# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext -#endif - -/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) -#endif - -/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides - easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure -# define DETERMINE_SECURE -#else -# ifndef HAVE_GETUID -# define getuid() 0 -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_GETGID -# define getgid() 0 -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID -# define geteuid() getuid() -# endif -# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID -# define getegid() getgid() -# endif -static int enable_secure; -# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1) -# define DETERMINE_SECURE \ - if (enable_secure == 0) \ - { \ - if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \ - enable_secure = 1; \ - else \ - enable_secure = -1; \ - } -#endif - -/* Get the function to evaluate the plural expression. */ -#include "eval-plural.h" - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current - CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string - depending on the plural form determined by N. */ -char * -DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - int plural; - unsigned long int n; - int category; -{ -#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA - struct block_list *block_list = NULL; -#endif - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; - struct binding *binding; - const char *categoryname; - const char *categoryvalue; - char *dirname, *xdomainname; - char *single_locale; - char *retval; - size_t retlen; - int saved_errno; -#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC - struct known_translation_t *search; - struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL; - size_t msgid_len; -#endif - size_t domainname_len; - - /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */ - if (msgid1 == NULL) - return NULL; - -#ifdef _LIBC - if (category < 0 || category >= __LC_LAST || category == LC_ALL) - /* Bogus. */ - return (plural == 0 - ? (char *) msgid1 - /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ - : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); -#endif - - __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock); - - /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If - CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the - definition left this undefined. */ - if (domainname == NULL) - domainname = _nl_current_default_domain; - - /* OS/2 specific: backward compatibility with older libintl versions */ -#ifdef LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT - if (category == LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT) - category = LC_MESSAGES; -#endif - -#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC - msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1; - - /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at - some time. */ - search = (struct known_translation_t *) - alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len); - memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); - search->domainname = (char *) domainname; - search->category = category; - - foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp); - freea (search); - if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr) - { - /* Now deal with plural. */ - if (plural) - retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation, - (*foundp)->translation_length); - else - retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation; - - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - return retval; - } -#endif - - /* Preserve the `errno' value. */ - saved_errno = errno; - - /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */ - DETERMINE_SECURE; - - /* First find matching binding. */ - for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) - { - int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); - if (compare == 0) - /* We found it! */ - break; - if (compare < 0) - { - /* It is not in the list. */ - binding = NULL; - break; - } - } - - if (binding == NULL) - dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); - else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname)) - dirname = binding->dirname; - else - { - /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */ - size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1; - size_t path_max; - char *ret; - - path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX; - path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */ - - for (;;) - { - dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len); - ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname); - - __set_errno (0); - ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max); - if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE) - break; - - path_max += path_max / 2; - path_max += PATH_INCR; - } - - if (ret == NULL) - /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an - error but simply return the default string. */ - goto return_untranslated; - - stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname); - } - - /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */ - categoryname = category_to_name (category); - categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname); - - domainname_len = strlen (domainname); - xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname) - + domainname_len + 5); - ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname); - - stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"), - domainname, domainname_len), - ".mo"); - - /* Creating working area. */ - single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1); - ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale); - - - /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps - got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */ - while (1) - { - /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */ - while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':') - ++categoryvalue; - if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0') - { - /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but - no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation - by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation - will take place. */ - single_locale[0] = 'C'; - single_locale[1] = '\0'; - } - else - { - char *cp = single_locale; - while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':') - *cp++ = *categoryvalue++; - *cp = '\0'; - - /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files - outside the dedicated directories. */ - if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale)) - /* Ingore this entry. */ - continue; - } - - /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a - domain. Return the MSGID. */ - if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0 - || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0) - break; - - /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the - DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */ - domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding); - - if (domain != NULL) - { - retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen); - - if (retval == NULL) - { - int cnt; - - for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) - { - retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding, - msgid1, &retlen); - - if (retval != NULL) - { - domain = domain->successor[cnt]; - break; - } - } - } - - if (retval != NULL) - { - /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN: - starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */ - FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); -#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC - if (foundp == NULL) - { - /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */ - struct known_translation_t *newp; - - newp = (struct known_translation_t *) - malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) - + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1); - if (newp != NULL) - { - newp->domainname = - mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); - memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1); - newp->category = category; - newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - newp->domain = domain; - newp->translation = retval; - newp->translation_length = retlen; - - /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */ - foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) - tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp); - if (foundp == NULL - || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0)) - /* The insert failed. */ - free (newp); - } - } - else - { - /* We can update the existing entry. */ - (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - (*foundp)->domain = domain; - (*foundp)->translation = retval; - (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen; - } -#endif - __set_errno (saved_errno); - - /* Now deal with plural. */ - if (plural) - retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen); - - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - return retval; - } - } - } - - return_untranslated: - /* Return the untranslated MSGID. */ - FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); -#ifndef _LIBC - if (!ENABLE_SECURE) - { - extern void _nl_log_untranslated PARAMS ((const char *logfilename, - const char *domainname, - const char *msgid1, - const char *msgid2, - int plural)); - const char *logfilename = getenv ("GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED"); - - if (logfilename != NULL && logfilename[0] != '\0') - _nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural); - } -#endif - __set_errno (saved_errno); - return (plural == 0 - ? (char *) msgid1 - /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ - : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); -} - - -char * -internal_function -_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; - struct binding *domainbinding; - const char *msgid; - size_t *lengthp; -{ - struct loaded_domain *domain; - nls_uint32 nstrings; - size_t act; - char *result; - size_t resultlen; - - if (domain_file->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding); - - if (domain_file->data == NULL) - return NULL; - - domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data; - - nstrings = domain->nstrings; - - /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */ - if (domain->hash_tab != NULL) - { - /* Use the hashing table. */ - nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid); - nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid); - nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; - nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); - - while (1) - { - nls_uint32 nstr = - W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[idx]); - - if (nstr == 0) - /* Hash table entry is empty. */ - return NULL; - - nstr--; - - /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr. - We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries - are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */ - if (nstr < nstrings - ? W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr].length) >= len - && (strcmp (msgid, - domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, - domain->orig_tab[nstr].offset)) - == 0) - : domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].length > len - && (strcmp (msgid, - domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].pointer) - == 0)) - { - act = nstr; - goto found; - } - - if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) - idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; - else - idx += incr; - } - /* NOTREACHED */ - } - else - { - /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of - messages. */ - size_t top, bottom; - - bottom = 0; - top = nstrings; - while (bottom < top) - { - int cmp_val; - - act = (bottom + top) / 2; - cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data - + W (domain->must_swap, - domain->orig_tab[act].offset))); - if (cmp_val < 0) - top = act; - else if (cmp_val > 0) - bottom = act + 1; - else - goto found; - } - /* No translation was found. */ - return NULL; - } - - found: - /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the - string to use a different character set, this is the time. */ - if (act < nstrings) - { - result = (char *) - (domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset)); - resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1; - } - else - { - result = (char *) domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].pointer; - resultlen = domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].length; - } - -#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV - if (domain->codeset_cntr - != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0)) - { - /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset() - since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We - have to reinitialize the converter. */ - _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); - _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); - } - - if ( -# ifdef _LIBC - domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1 -# else -# if HAVE_ICONV - domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1 -# endif -# endif - ) - { - /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an - appropriate table with the same structure as the table - of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers - to the converted strings in. - There is a slight complication with plural entries. They - are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We - handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including - NULs. */ - - if (domain->conv_tab == NULL - && ((domain->conv_tab = - (char **) calloc (nstrings + domain->n_sysdep_strings, - sizeof (char *))) - == NULL)) - /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */ - domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1; - - if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0)) - /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */ - goto converted; - - if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL) - { - /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not - translated yet. Do this now. */ - /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling. - We allocate always larger blocks which get used over - time. This is faster than many small allocations. */ - __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) -# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080 - static unsigned char *freemem; - static size_t freemem_size; - - const unsigned char *inbuf; - unsigned char *outbuf; - int malloc_count; -# ifndef _LIBC - transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL; -# endif - - __libc_lock_lock (lock); - - inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result; - outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); - - malloc_count = 0; - while (1) - { - transmem_block_t *newmem; -# ifdef _LIBC - size_t non_reversible; - int res; - - if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) - goto resize_freemem; - - res = __gconv (domain->conv, - &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen, - &outbuf, - outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t), - &non_reversible); - - if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT) - break; - - if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT) - { - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); - goto converted; - } - - inbuf = result; -# else -# if HAVE_ICONV - const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf; - size_t inleft = resultlen; - char *outptr = (char *) outbuf; - size_t outleft; - - if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) - goto resize_freemem; - - outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t); - if (iconv (domain->conv, - (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft, - &outptr, &outleft) - != (size_t) (-1)) - { - outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr; - break; - } - if (errno != E2BIG) - { - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); - goto converted; - } -# endif -# endif - - resize_freemem: - /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */ - if (malloc_count > 0) - { - ++malloc_count; - freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; - newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list, - freemem_size); -# ifdef _LIBC - if (newmem != NULL) - transmem_list = transmem_list->next; - else - { - struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list; - - transmem_list = transmem_list->next; - free (old); - } -# endif - } - else - { - malloc_count = 1; - freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; - newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size); - } - if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0)) - { - freemem = NULL; - freemem_size = 0; - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); - goto converted; - } - -# ifdef _LIBC - /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free - at some point. */ - newmem->next = transmem_list; - transmem_list = newmem; - - freemem = newmem->data; - freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data); -# else - transmem_list = newmem; - freemem = newmem; -# endif - - outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); - } - - /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this - into the table of conversions. */ - *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t); - domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem; - /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */ - freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem; - freemem = outbuf; - freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1); - freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1); - - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); - } - - /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all - the plural variants. */ - result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t); - resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act]; - } - - converted: - /* The result string is converted. */ - -#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ - - *lengthp = resultlen; - return result; -} - - -/* Look up a plural variant. */ -static char * -internal_function -plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; - unsigned long int n; - const char *translation; - size_t translation_len; -{ - struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data; - unsigned long int index; - const char *p; - - index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n); - if (index >= domaindata->nplurals) - /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the - given maximum value do not match. */ - index = 0; - - /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */ - p = translation; - while (index-- > 0) - { -#ifdef _LIBC - p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0'); -#else - p = strchr (p, '\0'); -#endif - /* And skip over the NUL byte. */ - p++; - - if (p >= translation + translation_len) - /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression - evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants - available for MSGID1. */ - return (char *) translation; - } - return (char *) p; -} - -#ifndef _LIBC -/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */ -static const char * -internal_function -category_to_name (category) - int category; -{ - const char *retval; - - switch (category) - { -#ifdef LC_COLLATE - case LC_COLLATE: - retval = "LC_COLLATE"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_CTYPE - case LC_CTYPE: - retval = "LC_CTYPE"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_MONETARY - case LC_MONETARY: - retval = "LC_MONETARY"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_NUMERIC - case LC_NUMERIC: - retval = "LC_NUMERIC"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_TIME - case LC_TIME: - retval = "LC_TIME"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_MESSAGES - case LC_MESSAGES: - retval = "LC_MESSAGES"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_RESPONSE - case LC_RESPONSE: - retval = "LC_RESPONSE"; - break; -#endif -#ifdef LC_ALL - case LC_ALL: - /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other - value. */ - retval = "LC_ALL"; - break; -#endif - default: - /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */ - retval = "LC_XXX"; - } - - return retval; -} -#endif - -/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */ -static const char * -internal_function -guess_category_value (category, categoryname) - int category; - const char *categoryname; -{ - const char *language; - const char *retval; - - /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment - variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected - locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */ - language = getenv ("LANGUAGE"); - if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0') - language = NULL; - - /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL', - `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the - `setlocale' function itself. */ -#ifdef _LIBC - retval = __current_locale_name (category); -#else - retval = _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname); -#endif - - /* Ignore LANGUAGE if the locale is set to "C" because - 1. "C" locale usually uses the ASCII encoding, and most international - messages use non-ASCII characters. These characters get displayed - as question marks (if using glibc's iconv()) or as invalid 8-bit - characters (because other iconv()s refuse to convert most non-ASCII - characters to ASCII). In any case, the output is ugly. - 2. The precise output of some programs in the "C" locale is specified - by POSIX and should not depend on environment variables like - "LANGUAGE". We allow such programs to use gettext(). */ - return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval; -} - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we - avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this - function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY - to be defined. */ -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY -static char * -stpcpy (dest, src) - char *dest; - const char *src; -{ - while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') - /* Do nothing. */ ; - return dest - 1; -} -#endif - -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY -static void * -mempcpy (dest, src, n) - void *dest; - const void *src; - size_t n; -{ - return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n); -} -#endif - - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at - program's end. */ -libc_freeres_fn (free_mem) -{ - void *old; - - while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL) - { - struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings; - _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next; - if (oldp->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) - /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */ - free (oldp->dirname); - free (oldp->codeset); - free (oldp); - } - - if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) - /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */ - free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain); - - /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */ - __tdestroy (root, free); - root = NULL; - - while (transmem_list != NULL) - { - old = transmem_list; - transmem_list = transmem_list->next; - free (old); - } -} -#endif diff --git a/intl/dcngettext.c b/intl/dcngettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index 3a3404e..0000000 --- a/intl/dcngettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext -# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext -#else -# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext -# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -char * -DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; - int category; -{ - return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/dgettext.c b/intl/dgettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index cf5b403..0000000 --- a/intl/dgettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <locale.h> - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DGETTEXT __dgettext -# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext) -#else -# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext -# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. */ -char * -DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; -{ - return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/dngettext.c b/intl/dngettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index 67fd030..0000000 --- a/intl/dngettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <locale.h> - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext -# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext -#else -# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext -# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current - LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */ -char * -DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; -{ - return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/eval-plural.h b/intl/eval-plural.h deleted file mode 100644 index 19c7ca6..0000000 --- a/intl/eval-plural.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -/* Plural expression evaluation. - Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef STATIC -#define STATIC static -#endif - -/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */ -STATIC unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp, - unsigned long int n)) - internal_function; - -STATIC -unsigned long int -internal_function -plural_eval (pexp, n) - struct expression *pexp; - unsigned long int n; -{ - switch (pexp->nargs) - { - case 0: - switch (pexp->operation) - { - case var: - return n; - case num: - return pexp->val.num; - default: - break; - } - /* NOTREACHED */ - break; - case 1: - { - /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */ - unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); - return ! arg; - } - case 2: - { - unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); - if (pexp->operation == lor) - return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); - else if (pexp->operation == land) - return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); - else - { - unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); - - switch (pexp->operation) - { - case mult: - return leftarg * rightarg; - case divide: -#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE - if (rightarg == 0) - raise (SIGFPE); -#endif - return leftarg / rightarg; - case module: -#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE - if (rightarg == 0) - raise (SIGFPE); -#endif - return leftarg % rightarg; - case plus: - return leftarg + rightarg; - case minus: - return leftarg - rightarg; - case less_than: - return leftarg < rightarg; - case greater_than: - return leftarg > rightarg; - case less_or_equal: - return leftarg <= rightarg; - case greater_or_equal: - return leftarg >= rightarg; - case equal: - return leftarg == rightarg; - case not_equal: - return leftarg != rightarg; - default: - break; - } - } - /* NOTREACHED */ - break; - } - case 3: - { - /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */ - unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); - return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n); - } - } - /* NOTREACHED */ - return 0; -} diff --git a/intl/explodename.c b/intl/explodename.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2985064..0000000 --- a/intl/explodename.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,192 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <sys/types.h> - -#include "loadinfo.h" - -/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ -#ifndef NULL -# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ -# define NULL ((void *) 0) -# else -# define NULL 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -char * -_nl_find_language (name) - const char *name; -{ - while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' - && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',') - ++name; - - return (char *) name; -} - - -int -_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset, - normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision) - char *name; - const char **language; - const char **modifier; - const char **territory; - const char **codeset; - const char **normalized_codeset; - const char **special; - const char **sponsor; - const char **revision; -{ - enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax; - char *cp; - int mask; - - *modifier = NULL; - *territory = NULL; - *codeset = NULL; - *normalized_codeset = NULL; - *special = NULL; - *sponsor = NULL; - *revision = NULL; - - /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First - look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if - we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */ - mask = 0; - syntax = undecided; - *language = cp = name; - cp = _nl_find_language (*language); - - if (*language == cp) - /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use - this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */ - cp = strchr (*language, '\0'); - else if (cp[0] == '_') - { - /* Next is the territory. */ - cp[0] = '\0'; - *territory = ++cp; - - while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@' - && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') - ++cp; - - mask |= TERRITORY; - - if (cp[0] == '.') - { - /* Next is the codeset. */ - syntax = xpg; - cp[0] = '\0'; - *codeset = ++cp; - - while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@') - ++cp; - - mask |= XPG_CODESET; - - if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0') - { - *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset, - cp - *codeset); - if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0) - free ((char *) *normalized_codeset); - else - mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET; - } - } - } - - if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+')) - { - /* Next is the modifier. */ - syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen; - cp[0] = '\0'; - *modifier = ++cp; - - while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+' - && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') - ++cp; - - mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE; - } - - if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_')) - { - syntax = cen; - - if (cp[0] == '+') - { - /* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */ - cp[0] = '\0'; - *special = ++cp; - - while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') - ++cp; - - mask |= CEN_SPECIAL; - } - - if (cp[0] == ',') - { - /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */ - cp[0] = '\0'; - *sponsor = ++cp; - - while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_') - ++cp; - - mask |= CEN_SPONSOR; - } - - if (cp[0] == '_') - { - /* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */ - cp[0] = '\0'; - *revision = ++cp; - - mask |= CEN_REVISION; - } - } - - /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the - separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */ - if (syntax == xpg) - { - if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0') - mask &= ~TERRITORY; - - if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0') - mask &= ~XPG_CODESET; - - if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0') - mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER; - } - - return mask; -} diff --git a/intl/finddomain.c b/intl/finddomain.c deleted file mode 100644 index d242764..0000000 --- a/intl/finddomain.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,195 +0,0 @@ -/* Handle list of needed message catalogs - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> - -#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC -# include <unistd.h> -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ -/* List of already loaded domains. */ -static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains; - - -/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by - the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently - established bindings. */ -struct loaded_l10nfile * -internal_function -_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding) - const char *dirname; - char *locale; - const char *domainname; - struct binding *domainbinding; -{ - struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; - const char *language; - const char *modifier; - const char *territory; - const char *codeset; - const char *normalized_codeset; - const char *special; - const char *sponsor; - const char *revision; - const char *alias_value; - int mask; - - /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax: - - language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier] - - and six parts for the CEN syntax: - - language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]] - - Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If - the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are - looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to - the following order: - (1) revision - (2) sponsor - (3) special - (4) codeset - (5) normalized codeset - (6) territory - (7) audience/modifier - */ - - /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to - be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */ - retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, - strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL, - NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0); - if (retval != NULL) - { - /* We know something about this locale. */ - int cnt; - - if (retval->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); - - if (retval->data != NULL) - return retval; - - for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) - { - if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); - - if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) - break; - } - return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL; - /* NOTREACHED */ - } - - /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value - *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is - done. */ - alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale); - if (alias_value != NULL) - { -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - locale = strdup (alias_value); - if (locale == NULL) - return NULL; -#else - size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1; - locale = (char *) malloc (len); - if (locale == NULL) - return NULL; - - memcpy (locale, alias_value, len); -#endif - } - - /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First - look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if - we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */ - mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory, - &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special, - &sponsor, &revision); - - /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in - generalization. */ - retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, - strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory, - codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, - sponsor, revision, domainname, 1); - if (retval == NULL) - /* This means we are out of core. */ - return NULL; - - if (retval->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); - if (retval->data == NULL) - { - int cnt; - for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) - { - if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) - _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); - if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) - break; - } - } - - /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */ - if (alias_value != NULL) - free (locale); - - /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */ - if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) - free ((void *) normalized_codeset); - - return retval; -} - - -#ifdef _LIBC -libc_freeres_fn (free_mem) -{ - struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains; - - while (runp != NULL) - { - struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp; - if (runp->data != NULL) - _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data); - runp = runp->next; - free ((char *) here->filename); - free (here); - } -} -#endif diff --git a/intl/gettext.c b/intl/gettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index 43d689f..0000000 --- a/intl/gettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of gettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#ifdef _LIBC -# define __need_NULL -# include <stddef.h> -#else -# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */ -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define GETTEXT __gettext -# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext) -#else -# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext -# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -char * -GETTEXT (msgid) - const char *msgid; -{ - return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__gettext, gettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/gettextP.h b/intl/gettextP.h deleted file mode 100644 index f1748a3..0000000 --- a/intl/gettextP.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,224 +0,0 @@ -/* Header describing internals of libintl library. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H -#define _GETTEXTP_H - -#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h" -#else -# if HAVE_ICONV -# include <iconv.h> -# endif -#endif - -#include "loadinfo.h" - -#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */ - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - -#ifndef internal_function -# define internal_function -#endif - -#ifndef attribute_hidden -# define attribute_hidden -#endif - -/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is - almost always true or almost always false. */ -#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT -# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) -#endif - -#ifndef W -# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data)) -#endif - - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <byteswap.h> -# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i) -#else -static inline nls_uint32 -SWAP (i) - nls_uint32 i; -{ - return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24); -} -#endif - - -/* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */ -struct sysdep_string_desc -{ - /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */ - size_t length; - /* Pointer to addressed string. */ - const char *pointer; -}; - -/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */ -struct loaded_domain -{ - /* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */ - const char *data; - /* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */ - int use_mmap; - /* Size of mmap()ed memory. */ - size_t mmap_size; - /* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */ - int must_swap; - /* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */ - void *malloced; - - /* Number of static strings pairs. */ - nls_uint32 nstrings; - /* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */ - const struct string_desc *orig_tab; - /* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */ - const struct string_desc *trans_tab; - - /* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */ - nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; - /* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */ - const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab; - /* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */ - const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab; - - /* Size of hash table. */ - nls_uint32 hash_size; - /* Pointer to hash table. */ - const nls_uint32 *hash_tab; - /* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */ - int must_swap_hash_tab; - - int codeset_cntr; -#ifdef _LIBC - __gconv_t conv; -#else -# if HAVE_ICONV - iconv_t conv; -# endif -#endif - char **conv_tab; - - struct expression *plural; - unsigned long int nplurals; -}; - -/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C - doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define ZERO 0 -#else -# define ZERO 1 -#endif - -/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings - from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */ -struct binding -{ - struct binding *next; - char *dirname; - int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */ - char *codeset; - char domainname[ZERO]; -}; - -/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations - become invalid. - This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */ -extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - -#ifndef _LIBC -const char *_nl_locale_name PARAMS ((int category, const char *categoryname)); -#endif - -struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname, - char *__locale, - const char *__domainname, - struct binding *__domainbinding)) - internal_function; -void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain, - struct binding *__domainbinding)) - internal_function; -void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) - internal_function; -const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file, - struct loaded_domain *__domain, - struct binding *__domainbinding)) - internal_function; -void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) - internal_function; - -char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, - struct binding *domainbinding, - const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp)) - internal_function; - -#ifdef _LIBC -extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); -extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid)); -extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid, int __category)); -extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)); -extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int n)); -extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n, int __category)); -extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - int __plural, unsigned long int __n, - int __category)); -extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); -extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname)); -extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__codeset)); -#else -/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to - call them under their real name. */ -# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS -# include "libgnuintl.h" -extern char *libintl_dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, - const char *__msgid2, - int __plural, unsigned long int __n, - int __category)); -#endif - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -#endif /* gettextP.h */ diff --git a/intl/gmo.h b/intl/gmo.h deleted file mode 100644 index d1fe4d6..0000000 --- a/intl/gmo.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ -/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _GETTEXT_H -#define _GETTEXT_H 1 - -#include <limits.h> - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */ -#define _MAGIC 0x950412de -#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495 - -/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */ -#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0 - -/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor - to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An - alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but - as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work - when cross-compiling. */ - -#if __STDC__ -# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U -#else -# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF -#endif - -/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. - This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because - that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems - (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */ - -#ifndef UINT_MAX -# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS -#endif - -#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS -typedef unsigned nls_uint32; -#else -# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS -typedef unsigned short nls_uint32; -# else -# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS -typedef unsigned long nls_uint32; -# else - /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is - not portable enough. */ - "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." -# endif -# endif -#endif - - -/* Header for binary .mo file format. */ -struct mo_file_header -{ - /* The magic number. */ - nls_uint32 magic; - /* The revision number of the file format. */ - nls_uint32 revision; - - /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0. */ - - /* The number of strings pairs. */ - nls_uint32 nstrings; - /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */ - nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset; - /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */ - nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset; - /* Size of hash table. */ - nls_uint32 hash_tab_size; - /* Offset of first hash table entry. */ - nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset; - - /* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */ - - /* The number of system dependent segments. */ - nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments; - /* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */ - nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset; - /* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */ - nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; - /* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */ - nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset; - /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */ - nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset; -}; - -/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */ -struct string_desc -{ - /* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */ - nls_uint32 length; - /* Offset of string in file. */ - nls_uint32 offset; -}; - -/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */ - -/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */ -struct sysdep_segment -{ - /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */ - nls_uint32 length; - /* Offset of string in file. */ - nls_uint32 offset; -}; - -/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */ -struct sysdep_string -{ - /* Offset of static string segments in file. */ - nls_uint32 offset; - /* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments. - The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */ - struct segment_pair - { - /* Size of static segment. */ - nls_uint32 segsize; - /* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */ - nls_uint32 sysdepref; - } segments[1]; -}; - -/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF, - regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */ -#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0) - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -#endif /* gettext.h */ diff --git a/intl/hash-string.h b/intl/hash-string.h deleted file mode 100644 index b267a87..0000000 --- a/intl/hash-string.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES -# define PARAMS(Args) Args -# else -# define PARAMS(Args) () -# endif -#endif - -/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */ -#define HASHWORDBITS 32 - - -/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger - [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, - 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ -static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param)); - -static inline unsigned long int -hash_string (str_param) - const char *str_param; -{ - unsigned long int hval, g; - const char *str = str_param; - - /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */ - hval = 0; - while (*str != '\0') - { - hval <<= 4; - hval += (unsigned long int) *str++; - g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4)); - if (g != 0) - { - hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8); - hval ^= g; - } - } - return hval; -} diff --git a/intl/intl-compat.c b/intl/intl-compat.c deleted file mode 100644 index 36b7af0..0000000 --- a/intl/intl-compat.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext - Library. - Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003 Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those - defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix). - It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test - of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which - has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file. - It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used - as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra - features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging). */ - - -#undef gettext -#undef dgettext -#undef dcgettext -#undef ngettext -#undef dngettext -#undef dcngettext -#undef textdomain -#undef bindtextdomain -#undef bind_textdomain_codeset - - -/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because - the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we - don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */ -#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL -# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) -#else -# define DLL_EXPORTED -#endif - - -DLL_EXPORTED -char * -gettext (msgid) - const char *msgid; -{ - return libintl_gettext (msgid); -} - - -DLL_EXPORTED -char * -dgettext (domainname, msgid) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; -{ - return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid); -} - - -DLL_EXPORTED -char * -dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; - int category; -{ - return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category); -} - - -DLL_EXPORTED -char * -ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; -{ - return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n); -} - - -DLL_EXPORTED -char * -dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; -{ - return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n); -} - - -DLL_EXPORTED -char * -dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; - int category; -{ - return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category); -} - - -DLL_EXPORTED -char * -textdomain (domainname) - const char *domainname; -{ - return libintl_textdomain (domainname); -} - - -DLL_EXPORTED -char * -bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname) - const char *domainname; - const char *dirname; -{ - return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname); -} - - -DLL_EXPORTED -char * -bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset) - const char *domainname; - const char *codeset; -{ - return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset); -} diff --git a/intl/l10nflist.c b/intl/l10nflist.c deleted file mode 100644 index ec8713f..0000000 --- a/intl/l10nflist.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,453 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy(). - This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include - <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <string.h> - -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H -# include <argz.h> -#endif -#include <ctype.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <stdlib.h> - -#include "loadinfo.h" - -/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ -#ifndef NULL -# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ -# define NULL ((void *) 0) -# else -# define NULL 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard - because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object - file and the name space must not be polluted. */ -# ifndef stpcpy -# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src) -# endif -#else -# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY -static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); -# endif -#endif - -/* Pathname support. - ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. - IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, - it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. - */ -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ - /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ -# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') -# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ - ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ - && (P)[1] == ':') -# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) -#else - /* Unix */ -# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') -# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) -#endif - -/* Define function which are usually not available. */ - -#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT -/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */ -static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len)); - -static size_t -argz_count__ (argz, len) - const char *argz; - size_t len; -{ - size_t count = 0; - while (len > 0) - { - size_t part_len = strlen (argz); - argz += part_len + 1; - len -= part_len + 1; - count++; - } - return count; -} -# undef __argz_count -# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len) -#else -# ifdef _LIBC -# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len) -# endif -#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */ - -#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY -/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's - except the last into the character SEP. */ -static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep)); - -static void -argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) - char *argz; - size_t len; - int sep; -{ - while (len > 0) - { - size_t part_len = strlen (argz); - argz += part_len; - len -= part_len + 1; - if (len > 0) - *argz++ = sep; - } -} -# undef __argz_stringify -# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) -#else -# ifdef _LIBC -# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \ - INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep) -# endif -#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */ - -#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT -static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len, - const char *entry)); - -static char * -argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry) - char *argz; - size_t argz_len; - const char *entry; -{ - if (entry) - { - if (entry < argz + argz_len) - entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1; - - return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry; - } - else - if (argz_len > 0) - return argz; - else - return 0; -} -# undef __argz_next -# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry) -#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */ - - -/* Return number of bits set in X. */ -static int pop PARAMS ((int x)); - -static inline int -pop (x) - int x; -{ - /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */ - x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555); - x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333); - x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f; - x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff; - - return x; -} - - -struct loaded_l10nfile * -_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language, - territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, - sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate) - struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list; - const char *dirlist; - size_t dirlist_len; - int mask; - const char *language; - const char *territory; - const char *codeset; - const char *normalized_codeset; - const char *modifier; - const char *special; - const char *sponsor; - const char *revision; - const char *filename; - int do_allocate; -{ - char *abs_filename; - struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp; - struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; - char *cp; - size_t dirlist_count; - size_t entries; - int cnt; - - /* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore - DIRLIST. */ - if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language)) - dirlist_len = 0; - - /* Allocate room for the full file name. */ - abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len - + strlen (language) - + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0 - ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0) - + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 - ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0) - + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0 - ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0) - + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0 - || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0) - ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0) - + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0 - ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0) - + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 - || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) - ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 - ? strlen (sponsor) : 0) - + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0 - ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0) - + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1); - - if (abs_filename == NULL) - return NULL; - - /* Construct file name. */ - cp = abs_filename; - if (dirlist_len > 0) - { - memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len); - __argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR); - cp += dirlist_len; - cp[-1] = '/'; - } - - cp = stpcpy (cp, language); - - if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '_'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, territory); - } - if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '.'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset); - } - if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '.'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset); - } - if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0) - { - /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different - leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */ - *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier); - } - if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '+'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, special); - } - if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0) - { - *cp++ = ','; - if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0) - cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor); - if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) - { - *cp++ = '_'; - cp = stpcpy (cp, revision); - } - } - - *cp++ = '/'; - stpcpy (cp, filename); - - /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already - available. */ - lastp = l10nfile_list; - for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next) - if (retval->filename != NULL) - { - int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename); - if (compare == 0) - /* We found it! */ - break; - if (compare < 0) - { - /* It's not in the list. */ - retval = NULL; - break; - } - - lastp = &retval->next; - } - - if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0) - { - free (abs_filename); - return retval; - } - - dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1); - - /* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile. */ - retval = - (struct loaded_l10nfile *) - malloc (sizeof (*retval) - + (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0)) - * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *))); - if (retval == NULL) - return NULL; - - retval->filename = abs_filename; - - /* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later. - Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not - correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth - looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified). */ - retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1 - || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 - && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)); - retval->data = NULL; - - retval->next = *lastp; - *lastp = retval; - - entries = 0; - /* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL. - If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL - entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains - colons. In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and - across all bit patterns dominated by MASK. - If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e. - DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by - MASK, excluding MASK itself. - In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0. This has the effect - that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order: - first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the - normalized_codeset. */ - for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt) - if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0 - && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0) - && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0)) - { - if (dirlist_count > 1) - { - /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */ - char *dir = NULL; - - while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir)) - != NULL) - retval->successor[entries++] - = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, - cnt, language, territory, codeset, - normalized_codeset, modifier, special, - sponsor, revision, filename, 1); - } - else - retval->successor[entries++] - = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, - cnt, language, territory, codeset, - normalized_codeset, modifier, special, - sponsor, revision, filename, 1); - } - retval->successor[entries] = NULL; - - return retval; -} - -/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset - names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common - names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be - freed by the caller. */ -const char * -_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len) - const char *codeset; - size_t name_len; -{ - int len = 0; - int only_digit = 1; - char *retval; - char *wp; - size_t cnt; - - for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) - if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) - { - ++len; - - if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) - only_digit = 0; - } - - retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1); - - if (retval != NULL) - { - if (only_digit) - wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso"); - else - wp = retval; - - for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) - if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) - *wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]); - else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) - *wp++ = codeset[cnt]; - - *wp = '\0'; - } - - return (const char *) retval; -} - - -/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ - -/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we - avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this - function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY - to be defined. */ -#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY -static char * -stpcpy (dest, src) - char *dest; - const char *src; -{ - while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') - /* Do nothing. */ ; - return dest - 1; -} -#endif diff --git a/intl/libgnuintl.h.in b/intl/libgnuintl.h.in deleted file mode 100644 index f596cfc..0000000 --- a/intl/libgnuintl.h.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,309 +0,0 @@ -/* Message catalogs for internationalization. - Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _LIBINTL_H -#define _LIBINTL_H 1 - -#include <locale.h> - -/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions - gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C. - On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead. - On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5) - then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines - LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES - in this case. */ -#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun)) -# define LC_MESSAGES 1729 -#endif - -/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU - implementation of gettext. */ -#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 - -/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the - maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */ -#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \ - ((major) == 0 ? 1 : -1) - -/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes - precedence over _conio_gettext. */ -#ifdef __DJGPP__ -# undef gettext -#endif - -/* Use _INTL_PARAMS, not PARAMS, in order to avoid clashes with identifiers - used by programs. Similarly, test __PROTOTYPES, not PROTOTYPES. */ -#ifndef _INTL_PARAMS -# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES -# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - -/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is - necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C - library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer). - If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the - definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so - shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked - up in the following order: - 1. in the executable, - 2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order, - 3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link - command line, - 4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were - dlopen()ed. - The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if - either - * -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or - * -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or - * libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not - linked to the executable at link time. - Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this - would be unacceptable. - - The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext - is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in - C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or - class methods called 'gettext'. */ - -/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS. - If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is - _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */ -#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS) -# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __APPLE_CC__ && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus) -# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM -# else -# ifdef __cplusplus -# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE -# else -# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS -# endif -# endif -#endif -/* Auxiliary macros. */ -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM -# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname)) -# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring -# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix -#else -# define _INTL_ASM(cname) -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE -extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid); -static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid) -{ - return libintl_gettext (__msgid); -} -#else -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS -# define gettext libintl_gettext -#endif -extern char *gettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)) - _INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext); -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. */ -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE -extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid); -static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) -{ - return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid); -} -#else -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS -# define dgettext libintl_dgettext -#endif -extern char *dgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid)) - _INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext); -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY - locale. */ -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE -extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, - int __category); -static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, - int __category) -{ - return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category); -} -#else -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS -# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext -#endif -extern char *dcgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid, - int __category)) - _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext); -#endif - - -/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the - number N. */ -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE -extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n); -static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n) -{ - return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n); -} -#else -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS -# define ngettext libintl_ngettext -#endif -extern char *ngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, - const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)) - _INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext); -#endif - -/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the - number N. */ -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE -extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, - const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n); -static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, - const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n) -{ - return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n); -} -#else -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS -# define dngettext libintl_dngettext -#endif -extern char *dngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, - const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)) - _INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext); -#endif - -/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the - number N. */ -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE -extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n, int __category); -static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n, int __category) -{ - return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category); -} -#else -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS -# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext -#endif -extern char *dcngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, - const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n, - int __category)) - _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext); -#endif - - -/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. - If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. - If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE -extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname); -static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname) -{ - return libintl_textdomain (__domainname); -} -#else -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS -# define textdomain libintl_textdomain -#endif -extern char *textdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)) - _INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain); -#endif - -/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found - in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE -extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname); -static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname) -{ - return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname); -} -#else -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS -# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain -#endif -extern char *bindtextdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname)) - _INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain); -#endif - -/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the - DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE -extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, - const char *__codeset); -static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, - const char *__codeset) -{ - return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset); -} -#else -#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS -# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset -#endif -extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__codeset)) - _INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset); -#endif - - -/* Support for relocatable packages. */ - -/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. - Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix - by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both - prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" - instead of "/"). */ -#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix -extern void - libintl_set_relocation_prefix _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *orig_prefix, - const char *curr_prefix)); - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* libintl.h */ diff --git a/intl/loadinfo.h b/intl/loadinfo.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1d3ba61..0000000 --- a/intl/loadinfo.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,156 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU C Library. - Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _LOADINFO_H -#define _LOADINFO_H 1 - -/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions. - Implemented in - - localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another. - explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields. - l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs. - finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs. - - The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared - in gettextP.h. - */ - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - -#ifndef internal_function -# define internal_function -#endif - -/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is - almost always true or almost always false. */ -#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT -# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) -#endif - -/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */ -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ - /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ -# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';' -#else - /* Unix */ -# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' -#endif - -/* Encoding of locale name parts. */ -#define CEN_REVISION 1 -#define CEN_SPONSOR 2 -#define CEN_SPECIAL 4 -#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8 -#define XPG_CODESET 16 -#define TERRITORY 32 -#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64 -#define XPG_MODIFIER 128 - -#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE) -#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER) - - -struct loaded_l10nfile -{ - const char *filename; - int decided; - - const void *data; - - struct loaded_l10nfile *next; - struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1]; -}; - - -/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset - names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common - names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be - freed by the caller. */ -extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset, - size_t name_len)); - -/* Lookup a locale dependent file. - *L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent - files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename. - DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to - look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0). - MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER, - SPECIAL, SPONSOR, REVISION are the pieces of the locale name, as - produced by _nl_explode_name(). FILENAME is the filename suffix. - The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST, - or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL. - If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and - its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and - furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup - results from which this lookup result inherits. */ -extern struct loaded_l10nfile * -_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, - const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, - const char *language, const char *territory, - const char *codeset, - const char *normalized_codeset, - const char *modifier, const char *special, - const char *sponsor, const char *revision, - const char *filename, int do_allocate)); - -/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if - NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name). - The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */ -extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name)); - -/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier, - territory, codeset, special, sponsor, revision. - NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and - there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY, - *CODESET, *SPECIAL, *SPONSOR, *REVISION gets assigned either a - pointer into the old NAME string, or NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET - gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it is different from *CODESET; - this one is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller. - The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one - filled-in value: - XPG_MODIFIER, CEN_AUDIENCE for *MODIFIER, - TERRITORY for *TERRITORY, - XPG_CODESET for *CODESET, - XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET, - CEN_SPECIAL for *SPECIAL, - CEN_SPONSOR for *SPONSOR, - CEN_REVISION for *REVISION. - */ -extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language, - const char **modifier, - const char **territory, - const char **codeset, - const char **normalized_codeset, - const char **special, - const char **sponsor, - const char **revision)); - -/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the - rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language, - i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */ -extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name)); - -#endif /* loadinfo.h */ diff --git a/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/intl/loadmsgcat.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8509bd3..0000000 --- a/intl/loadmsgcat.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1322 +0,0 @@ -/* Load needed message catalogs. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). - This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include - <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <ctype.h> -#include <errno.h> -#include <fcntl.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> - -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# undef alloca -# define alloca __builtin_alloca -# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 -#else -# ifdef _MSC_VER -# include <malloc.h> -# define alloca _alloca -# else -# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC -# include <alloca.h> -# else -# ifdef _AIX - #pragma alloca -# else -# ifndef alloca -char *alloca (); -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> - -#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC -# include <unistd.h> -#endif - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <langinfo.h> -# include <locale.h> -#endif - -#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ - || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES) -# include <sys/mman.h> -# undef HAVE_MMAP -# define HAVE_MMAP 1 -#else -# undef HAVE_MMAP -#endif - -#if defined HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX || defined _LIBC -# include <stdint.h> -#endif -#if defined HAVE_INTTYPES_H || defined _LIBC -# include <inttypes.h> -#endif - -#include "gmo.h" -#include "gettextP.h" -#include "hash-string.h" -#include "plural-exp.h" - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" -#endif - -/* Provide fallback values for macros that ought to be defined in <inttypes.h>. - Note that our fallback values need not be literal strings, because we don't - use them with preprocessor string concatenation. */ -#if !defined PRId8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRId8 -# define PRId8 "d" -#endif -#if !defined PRIi8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIi8 -# define PRIi8 "i" -#endif -#if !defined PRIo8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIo8 -# define PRIo8 "o" -#endif -#if !defined PRIu8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIu8 -# define PRIu8 "u" -#endif -#if !defined PRIx8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIx8 -# define PRIx8 "x" -#endif -#if !defined PRIX8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIX8 -# define PRIX8 "X" -#endif -#if !defined PRId16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRId16 -# define PRId16 "d" -#endif -#if !defined PRIi16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIi16 -# define PRIi16 "i" -#endif -#if !defined PRIo16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIo16 -# define PRIo16 "o" -#endif -#if !defined PRIu16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIu16 -# define PRIu16 "u" -#endif -#if !defined PRIx16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIx16 -# define PRIx16 "x" -#endif -#if !defined PRIX16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIX16 -# define PRIX16 "X" -#endif -#if !defined PRId32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRId32 -# define PRId32 "d" -#endif -#if !defined PRIi32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIi32 -# define PRIi32 "i" -#endif -#if !defined PRIo32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIo32 -# define PRIo32 "o" -#endif -#if !defined PRIu32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIu32 -# define PRIu32 "u" -#endif -#if !defined PRIx32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIx32 -# define PRIx32 "x" -#endif -#if !defined PRIX32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIX32 -# define PRIX32 "X" -#endif -#if !defined PRId64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRId64 -# define PRId64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "ld" : "lld") -#endif -#if !defined PRIi64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIi64 -# define PRIi64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "li" : "lli") -#endif -#if !defined PRIo64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIo64 -# define PRIo64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lo" : "llo") -#endif -#if !defined PRIu64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIu64 -# define PRIu64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lu" : "llu") -#endif -#if !defined PRIx64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIx64 -# define PRIx64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lx" : "llx") -#endif -#if !defined PRIX64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIX64 -# define PRIX64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lX" : "llX") -#endif -#if !defined PRIdLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIdLEAST8 -# define PRIdLEAST8 "d" -#endif -#if !defined PRIiLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIiLEAST8 -# define PRIiLEAST8 "i" -#endif -#if !defined PRIoLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIoLEAST8 -# define PRIoLEAST8 "o" -#endif -#if !defined PRIuLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIuLEAST8 -# define PRIuLEAST8 "u" -#endif -#if !defined PRIxLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIxLEAST8 -# define PRIxLEAST8 "x" -#endif -#if !defined PRIXLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIXLEAST8 -# define PRIXLEAST8 "X" -#endif -#if !defined PRIdLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIdLEAST16 -# define PRIdLEAST16 "d" -#endif -#if !defined PRIiLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIiLEAST16 -# define PRIiLEAST16 "i" -#endif -#if !defined PRIoLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIoLEAST16 -# define PRIoLEAST16 "o" -#endif -#if !defined PRIuLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIuLEAST16 -# define PRIuLEAST16 "u" -#endif -#if !defined PRIxLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIxLEAST16 -# define PRIxLEAST16 "x" -#endif -#if !defined PRIXLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIXLEAST16 -# define PRIXLEAST16 "X" -#endif -#if !defined PRIdLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIdLEAST32 -# define PRIdLEAST32 "d" -#endif -#if !defined PRIiLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIiLEAST32 -# define PRIiLEAST32 "i" -#endif -#if !defined PRIoLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIoLEAST32 -# define PRIoLEAST32 "o" -#endif -#if !defined PRIuLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIuLEAST32 -# define PRIuLEAST32 "u" -#endif -#if !defined PRIxLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIxLEAST32 -# define PRIxLEAST32 "x" -#endif -#if !defined PRIXLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIXLEAST32 -# define PRIXLEAST32 "X" -#endif -#if !defined PRIdLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIdLEAST64 -# define PRIdLEAST64 PRId64 -#endif -#if !defined PRIiLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIiLEAST64 -# define PRIiLEAST64 PRIi64 -#endif -#if !defined PRIoLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIoLEAST64 -# define PRIoLEAST64 PRIo64 -#endif -#if !defined PRIuLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIuLEAST64 -# define PRIuLEAST64 PRIu64 -#endif -#if !defined PRIxLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIxLEAST64 -# define PRIxLEAST64 PRIx64 -#endif -#if !defined PRIXLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIXLEAST64 -# define PRIXLEAST64 PRIX64 -#endif -#if !defined PRIdFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIdFAST8 -# define PRIdFAST8 "d" -#endif -#if !defined PRIiFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIiFAST8 -# define PRIiFAST8 "i" -#endif -#if !defined PRIoFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIoFAST8 -# define PRIoFAST8 "o" -#endif -#if !defined PRIuFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIuFAST8 -# define PRIuFAST8 "u" -#endif -#if !defined PRIxFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIxFAST8 -# define PRIxFAST8 "x" -#endif -#if !defined PRIXFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIXFAST8 -# define PRIXFAST8 "X" -#endif -#if !defined PRIdFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIdFAST16 -# define PRIdFAST16 "d" -#endif -#if !defined PRIiFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIiFAST16 -# define PRIiFAST16 "i" -#endif -#if !defined PRIoFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIoFAST16 -# define PRIoFAST16 "o" -#endif -#if !defined PRIuFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIuFAST16 -# define PRIuFAST16 "u" -#endif -#if !defined PRIxFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIxFAST16 -# define PRIxFAST16 "x" -#endif -#if !defined PRIXFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIXFAST16 -# define PRIXFAST16 "X" -#endif -#if !defined PRIdFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIdFAST32 -# define PRIdFAST32 "d" -#endif -#if !defined PRIiFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIiFAST32 -# define PRIiFAST32 "i" -#endif -#if !defined PRIoFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIoFAST32 -# define PRIoFAST32 "o" -#endif -#if !defined PRIuFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIuFAST32 -# define PRIuFAST32 "u" -#endif -#if !defined PRIxFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIxFAST32 -# define PRIxFAST32 "x" -#endif -#if !defined PRIXFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIXFAST32 -# define PRIXFAST32 "X" -#endif -#if !defined PRIdFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIdFAST64 -# define PRIdFAST64 PRId64 -#endif -#if !defined PRIiFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIiFAST64 -# define PRIiFAST64 PRIi64 -#endif -#if !defined PRIoFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIoFAST64 -# define PRIoFAST64 PRIo64 -#endif -#if !defined PRIuFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIuFAST64 -# define PRIuFAST64 PRIu64 -#endif -#if !defined PRIxFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIxFAST64 -# define PRIxFAST64 PRIx64 -#endif -#if !defined PRIXFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIXFAST64 -# define PRIXFAST64 PRIX64 -#endif -#if !defined PRIdMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIdMAX -# define PRIdMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : "lld") -#endif -#if !defined PRIiMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIiMAX -# define PRIiMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : "lli") -#endif -#if !defined PRIoMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIoMAX -# define PRIoMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : "llo") -#endif -#if !defined PRIuMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIuMAX -# define PRIuMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : "llu") -#endif -#if !defined PRIxMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIxMAX -# define PRIxMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : "llx") -#endif -#if !defined PRIXMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIXMAX -# define PRIXMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : "llX") -#endif -#if !defined PRIdPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIdPTR -# define PRIdPTR \ - (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : \ - sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "d" : \ - "lld") -#endif -#if !defined PRIiPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIiPTR -# define PRIiPTR \ - (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : \ - sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "i" : \ - "lli") -#endif -#if !defined PRIoPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIoPTR -# define PRIoPTR \ - (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : \ - sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "o" : \ - "llo") -#endif -#if !defined PRIuPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIuPTR -# define PRIuPTR \ - (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : \ - sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "u" : \ - "llu") -#endif -#if !defined PRIxPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIxPTR -# define PRIxPTR \ - (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : \ - sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "x" : \ - "llx") -#endif -#if !defined PRIXPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN -# undef PRIXPTR -# define PRIXPTR \ - (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : \ - sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "X" : \ - "llX") -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard - because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object - file and the name space must not be polluted. */ -# define open __open -# define close __close -# define read __read -# define mmap __mmap -# define munmap __munmap -#endif - -/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add - some additional code emulating it. */ -#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA -# define freea(p) /* nothing */ -#else -# define alloca(n) malloc (n) -# define freea(p) free (p) -#endif - -/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O. - O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */ -#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY - /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */ -# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY -# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT -#endif -#ifdef __BEOS__ - /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */ -# undef O_BINARY -# undef O_TEXT -#endif -/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */ -#ifndef O_BINARY -# define O_BINARY 0 -#endif - - -/* Prototypes for local functions. Needed to ensure compiler checking of - function argument counts despite of K&R C function definition syntax. */ -static const char *get_sysdep_segment_value PARAMS ((const char *name)); - - -/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated - with all translations. This is important if the translations are - cached by one of GCC's features. */ -int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; - - -/* Expand a system dependent string segment. Return NULL if unsupported. */ -static const char * -get_sysdep_segment_value (name) - const char *name; -{ - /* Test for an ISO C 99 section 7.8.1 format string directive. - Syntax: - P R I { d | i | o | u | x | X } - { { | LEAST | FAST } { 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 } | MAX | PTR } */ - /* We don't use a table of 14 times 6 'const char *' strings here, because - data relocations cost startup time. */ - if (name[0] == 'P' && name[1] == 'R' && name[2] == 'I') - { - if (name[3] == 'd' || name[3] == 'i' || name[3] == 'o' || name[3] == 'u' - || name[3] == 'x' || name[3] == 'X') - { - if (name[4] == '8' && name[5] == '\0') - { - if (name[3] == 'd') - return PRId8; - if (name[3] == 'i') - return PRIi8; - if (name[3] == 'o') - return PRIo8; - if (name[3] == 'u') - return PRIu8; - if (name[3] == 'x') - return PRIx8; - if (name[3] == 'X') - return PRIX8; - abort (); - } - if (name[4] == '1' && name[5] == '6' && name[6] == '\0') - { - if (name[3] == 'd') - return PRId16; - if (name[3] == 'i') - return PRIi16; - if (name[3] == 'o') - return PRIo16; - if (name[3] == 'u') - return PRIu16; - if (name[3] == 'x') - return PRIx16; - if (name[3] == 'X') - return PRIX16; - abort (); - } - if (name[4] == '3' && name[5] == '2' && name[6] == '\0') - { - if (name[3] == 'd') - return PRId32; - if (name[3] == 'i') - return PRIi32; - if (name[3] == 'o') - return PRIo32; - if (name[3] == 'u') - return PRIu32; - if (name[3] == 'x') - return PRIx32; - if (name[3] == 'X') - return PRIX32; - abort (); - } - if (name[4] == '6' && name[5] == '4' && name[6] == '\0') - { - if (name[3] == 'd') - return PRId64; - if (name[3] == 'i') - return PRIi64; - if (name[3] == 'o') - return PRIo64; - if (name[3] == 'u') - return PRIu64; - if (name[3] == 'x') - return PRIx64; - if (name[3] == 'X') - return PRIX64; - abort (); - } - if (name[4] == 'L' && name[5] == 'E' && name[6] == 'A' - && name[7] == 'S' && name[8] == 'T') - { - if (name[9] == '8' && name[10] == '\0') - { - if (name[3] == 'd') - return PRIdLEAST8; - if (name[3] == 'i') - return PRIiLEAST8; - if (name[3] == 'o') - return PRIoLEAST8; - if (name[3] == 'u') - return PRIuLEAST8; - if (name[3] == 'x') - return PRIxLEAST8; - if (name[3] == 'X') - return PRIXLEAST8; - abort (); - } - if (name[9] == '1' && name[10] == '6' && name[11] == '\0') - { - if (name[3] == 'd') - return PRIdLEAST16; - if (name[3] == 'i') - return PRIiLEAST16; - if (name[3] == 'o') - return PRIoLEAST16; - if (name[3] == 'u') - return PRIuLEAST16; - if (name[3] == 'x') - return PRIxLEAST16; - if (name[3] == 'X') - return PRIXLEAST16; - abort (); - } - if (name[9] == '3' && name[10] == '2' && name[11] == '\0') - { - if (name[3] == 'd') - return PRIdLEAST32; - if (name[3] == 'i') - return PRIiLEAST32; - if (name[3] == 'o') - return PRIoLEAST32; - if (name[3] == 'u') - return PRIuLEAST32; - if (name[3] == 'x') - return PRIxLEAST32; - if (name[3] == 'X') - return PRIXLEAST32; - abort (); - } - if (name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '4' && name[11] == '\0') - { - if (name[3] == 'd') - return PRIdLEAST64; - if (name[3] == 'i') - return PRIiLEAST64; - if (name[3] == 'o') - return PRIoLEAST64; - if (name[3] == 'u') - return PRIuLEAST64; - if (name[3] == 'x') - return PRIxLEAST64; - if (name[3] == 'X') - return PRIXLEAST64; - abort (); - } - } - if (name[4] == 'F' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'S' - && name[7] == 'T') - { - if (name[8] == '8' && name[9] == '\0') - { - if (name[3] == 'd') - return PRIdFAST8; - if (name[3] == 'i') - return PRIiFAST8; - if (name[3] == 'o') - return PRIoFAST8; - if (name[3] == 'u') - return PRIuFAST8; - if (name[3] == 'x') - return PRIxFAST8; - if (name[3] == 'X') - return PRIXFAST8; - abort (); - } - if (name[8] == '1' && name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '\0') - { - if (name[3] == 'd') - return PRIdFAST16; - if (name[3] == 'i') - return PRIiFAST16; - if (name[3] == 'o') - return PRIoFAST16; - if (name[3] == 'u') - return PRIuFAST16; - if (name[3] == 'x') - return PRIxFAST16; - if (name[3] == 'X') - return PRIXFAST16; - abort (); - } - if (name[8] == '3' && name[9] == '2' && name[10] == '\0') - { - if (name[3] == 'd') - return PRIdFAST32; - if (name[3] == 'i') - return PRIiFAST32; - if (name[3] == 'o') - return PRIoFAST32; - if (name[3] == 'u') - return PRIuFAST32; - if (name[3] == 'x') - return PRIxFAST32; - if (name[3] == 'X') - return PRIXFAST32; - abort (); - } - if (name[8] == '6' && name[9] == '4' && name[10] == '\0') - { - if (name[3] == 'd') - return PRIdFAST64; - if (name[3] == 'i') - return PRIiFAST64; - if (name[3] == 'o') - return PRIoFAST64; - if (name[3] == 'u') - return PRIuFAST64; - if (name[3] == 'x') - return PRIxFAST64; - if (name[3] == 'X') - return PRIXFAST64; - abort (); - } - } - if (name[4] == 'M' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'X' - && name[7] == '\0') - { - if (name[3] == 'd') - return PRIdMAX; - if (name[3] == 'i') - return PRIiMAX; - if (name[3] == 'o') - return PRIoMAX; - if (name[3] == 'u') - return PRIuMAX; - if (name[3] == 'x') - return PRIxMAX; - if (name[3] == 'X') - return PRIXMAX; - abort (); - } - if (name[4] == 'P' && name[5] == 'T' && name[6] == 'R' - && name[7] == '\0') - { - if (name[3] == 'd') - return PRIdPTR; - if (name[3] == 'i') - return PRIiPTR; - if (name[3] == 'o') - return PRIoPTR; - if (name[3] == 'u') - return PRIuPTR; - if (name[3] == 'x') - return PRIxPTR; - if (name[3] == 'X') - return PRIXPTR; - abort (); - } - } - } - /* Other system dependent strings are not valid. */ - return NULL; -} - -/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. - Return the header entry. */ -const char * -internal_function -_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; - struct loaded_domain *domain; - struct binding *domainbinding; -{ - /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with. - This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this - entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset=' - information, we will assume the charset matches the one the - current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */ - char *nullentry; - size_t nullentrylen; - - /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */ - domain->codeset_cntr = - (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0); -#ifdef _LIBC - domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; -#else -# if HAVE_ICONV - domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1; -# endif -#endif - domain->conv_tab = NULL; - - /* Get the header entry. */ - nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen); - - if (nullentry != NULL) - { -#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV - const char *charsetstr; - - charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset="); - if (charsetstr != NULL) - { - size_t len; - char *charset; - const char *outcharset; - - charsetstr += strlen ("charset="); - len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n"); - - charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1); -# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY - *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0'; -# else - memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len); - charset[len] = '\0'; -# endif - - /* The output charset should normally be determined by the - locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly - set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override - this. Moreover, the value specified through - bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */ - if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL) - outcharset = domainbinding->codeset; - else - { - outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); - if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0') - { -# ifdef _LIBC - outcharset = _NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, CODESET); -# else -# if HAVE_ICONV - extern const char *locale_charset PARAMS ((void)); - outcharset = locale_charset (); -# endif -# endif - } - } - -# ifdef _LIBC - /* We always want to use transliteration. */ - outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT"); - charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL); - if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv, - GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV) - != __GCONV_OK) - domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; -# else -# if HAVE_ICONV - /* When using GNU libc >= 2.2 or GNU libiconv >= 1.5, - we want to use transliteration. */ -# if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2 \ - || _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 - if (strchr (outcharset, '/') == NULL) - { - char *tmp; - - len = strlen (outcharset); - tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1); - memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len); - memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1); - outcharset = tmp; - - domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); - - freea (outcharset); - } - else -# endif - domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); -# endif -# endif - - freea (charset); - } -#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ - } - - return nullentry; -} - -/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */ -void -internal_function -_nl_free_domain_conv (domain) - struct loaded_domain *domain; -{ - if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1) - free (domain->conv_tab); - -#ifdef _LIBC - if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1) - __gconv_close (domain->conv); -#else -# if HAVE_ICONV - if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1) - iconv_close (domain->conv); -# endif -#endif -} - -/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid - message catalog do nothing. */ -void -internal_function -_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; - struct binding *domainbinding; -{ - int fd; - size_t size; -#ifdef _LIBC - struct stat64 st; -#else - struct stat st; -#endif - struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1; - int use_mmap = 0; - struct loaded_domain *domain; - int revision; - const char *nullentry; - - domain_file->decided = 1; - domain_file->data = NULL; - - /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file - because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after - a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */ - - /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME - might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given - specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN - syntax. */ - if (domain_file->filename == NULL) - return; - - /* Try to open the addressed file. */ - fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY); - if (fd == -1) - return; - - /* We must know about the size of the file. */ - if ( -#ifdef _LIBC - __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0) -#else - __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0) -#endif - || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0) - || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0)) - { - /* Something went wrong. */ - close (fd); - return; - } - -#ifdef HAVE_MMAP - /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try - this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */ - data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ, - MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0); - - if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1)) - { - /* mmap() call was successful. */ - close (fd); - use_mmap = 1; - } -#endif - - /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load - it manually. */ - if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1) - { - size_t to_read; - char *read_ptr; - - data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size); - if (data == NULL) - return; - - to_read = size; - read_ptr = (char *) data; - do - { - long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read); - if (nb <= 0) - { -#ifdef EINTR - if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR) - continue; -#endif - close (fd); - return; - } - read_ptr += nb; - to_read -= nb; - } - while (to_read > 0); - - close (fd); - } - - /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message - catalog file. */ - if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED, - 0)) - { - /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */ -#ifdef HAVE_MMAP - if (use_mmap) - munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); - else -#endif - free (data); - return; - } - - domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain)); - if (domain == NULL) - return; - domain_file->data = domain; - - domain->data = (char *) data; - domain->use_mmap = use_mmap; - domain->mmap_size = size; - domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC; - domain->malloced = NULL; - - /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */ - revision = W (domain->must_swap, data->revision); - /* We support only the major revision 0. */ - switch (revision >> 16) - { - case 0: - domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings); - domain->orig_tab = (const struct string_desc *) - ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset)); - domain->trans_tab = (const struct string_desc *) - ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset)); - domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size); - domain->hash_tab = - (domain->hash_size > 2 - ? (const nls_uint32 *) - ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset)) - : NULL); - domain->must_swap_hash_tab = domain->must_swap; - - /* Now dispatch on the minor revision. */ - switch (revision & 0xffff) - { - case 0: - domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; - domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; - domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; - break; - case 1: - default: - { - nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; - - if (domain->hash_tab == NULL) - /* This is invalid. These minor revisions need a hash table. */ - goto invalid; - - n_sysdep_strings = - W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_strings); - if (n_sysdep_strings > 0) - { - nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments; - const struct sysdep_segment *sysdep_segments; - const char **sysdep_segment_values; - const nls_uint32 *orig_sysdep_tab; - const nls_uint32 *trans_sysdep_tab; - size_t memneed; - char *mem; - struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; - struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; - nls_uint32 *inmem_hash_tab; - unsigned int i; - - /* Get the values of the system dependent segments. */ - n_sysdep_segments = - W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_segments); - sysdep_segments = (const struct sysdep_segment *) - ((char *) data - + W (domain->must_swap, data->sysdep_segments_offset)); - sysdep_segment_values = - alloca (n_sysdep_segments * sizeof (const char *)); - for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_segments; i++) - { - const char *name = - (char *) data - + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].offset); - nls_uint32 namelen = - W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].length); - - if (!(namelen > 0 && name[namelen - 1] == '\0')) - { - freea (sysdep_segment_values); - goto invalid; - } - - sysdep_segment_values[i] = get_sysdep_segment_value (name); - } - - orig_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *) - ((char *) data - + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_sysdep_tab_offset)); - trans_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *) - ((char *) data - + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_sysdep_tab_offset)); - - /* Compute the amount of additional memory needed for the - system dependent strings and the augmented hash table. */ - memneed = 2 * n_sysdep_strings - * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc) - + domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); - for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++) - { - const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = - (const struct sysdep_string *) - ((char *) data - + W (domain->must_swap, - i < n_sysdep_strings - ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] - : trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings])); - size_t need = 0; - const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments; - - if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END) - for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) - { - nls_uint32 sysdepref; - - need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); - - sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); - if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) - break; - - if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments) - { - /* Invalid. */ - freea (sysdep_segment_values); - goto invalid; - } - - need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); - } - - memneed += need; - } - - /* Allocate additional memory. */ - mem = (char *) malloc (memneed); - if (mem == NULL) - goto invalid; - - domain->malloced = mem; - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; - mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); - inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; - mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); - inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem; - mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); - - /* Compute the system dependent strings. */ - for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++) - { - const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = - (const struct sysdep_string *) - ((char *) data - + W (domain->must_swap, - i < n_sysdep_strings - ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] - : trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings])); - const char *static_segments = - (char *) data - + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset); - const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments; - - /* Concatenate the segments, and fill - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i] (for i < n_sysdep_strings) and - inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[i-n_sysdep_strings] (for - i >= n_sysdep_strings). */ - - if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) == SEGMENTS_END) - { - /* Only one static segment. */ - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length = - W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = static_segments; - } - else - { - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = mem; - - for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) - { - nls_uint32 segsize = - W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); - nls_uint32 sysdepref = - W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); - size_t n; - - if (segsize > 0) - { - memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize); - mem += segsize; - static_segments += segsize; - } - - if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) - break; - - n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); - memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n); - mem += n; - } - - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length = - mem - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer; - } - } - - /* Compute the augmented hash table. */ - for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++) - inmem_hash_tab[i] = - W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]); - for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++) - { - const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer; - nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid); - nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; - nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); - - for (;;) - { - if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0) - { - /* Hash table entry is empty. Use it. */ - inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i; - break; - } - - if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) - idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; - else - idx += incr; - } - } - - freea (sysdep_segment_values); - - domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_sysdep_strings; - domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; - domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; - - domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab; - domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0; - } - else - { - domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; - domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; - domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; - } - } - break; - } - break; - default: - /* This is an invalid revision. */ - invalid: - /* This is an invalid .mo file. */ - if (domain->malloced) - free (domain->malloced); -#ifdef HAVE_MMAP - if (use_mmap) - munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); - else -#endif - free (data); - free (domain); - domain_file->data = NULL; - return; - } - - /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set - the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's - specified character set or the locale's character set. */ - nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); - - /* Also look for a plural specification. */ - EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, &domain->plural, &domain->nplurals); -} - - -#ifdef _LIBC -void -internal_function -_nl_unload_domain (domain) - struct loaded_domain *domain; -{ - if (domain->plural != &__gettext_germanic_plural) - __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural); - - _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); - - if (domain->malloced) - free (domain->malloced); - -# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES - if (domain->use_mmap) - munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size); - else -# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */ - free ((void *) domain->data); - - free (domain); -} -#endif diff --git a/intl/localcharset.c b/intl/localcharset.c deleted file mode 100644 index d04d053..0000000 --- a/intl/localcharset.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,398 +0,0 @@ -/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. - - Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -/* Specification. */ -#include "localcharset.h" - -#if HAVE_STDDEF_H -# include <stddef.h> -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> -#if HAVE_STRING_H -# include <string.h> -#else -# include <strings.h> -#endif -#if HAVE_STDLIB_H -# include <stdlib.h> -#endif - -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ -# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */ -# define WIN32 -#endif - -#if defined __EMX__ -/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */ -# define OS2 -#endif - -#if !defined WIN32 -# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET -# include <langinfo.h> -# else -# if HAVE_SETLOCALE -# include <locale.h> -# endif -# endif -#elif defined WIN32 -# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -# include <windows.h> -#endif -#if defined OS2 -# define INCL_DOS -# include <os2.h> -#endif - -#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE -# include "relocatable.h" -#else -# define relocate(pathname) (pathname) -#endif - -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ - /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ -# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') -#endif - -#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR -# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/' -#endif - -#ifndef ISSLASH -# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED -# undef getc -# define getc getc_unlocked -#endif - -/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a - possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we - are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize - 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value, - and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases' - are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */ -#if __STDC__ != 1 -# define volatile /* empty */ -#endif -/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been - read, else NULL. Its format is: - ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */ -static const char * volatile charset_aliases; - -/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */ -static const char * -get_charset_aliases () -{ - const char *cp; - - cp = charset_aliases; - if (cp == NULL) - { -#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32) - FILE *fp; - const char *dir = relocate (LIBDIR); - const char *base = "charset.alias"; - char *file_name; - - /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */ - { - size_t dir_len = strlen (dir); - size_t base_len = strlen (base); - int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1])); - file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1); - if (file_name != NULL) - { - memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len); - if (add_slash) - file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR; - memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1); - } - } - - if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL) - /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */ - cp = ""; - else - { - /* Parse the file's contents. */ - int c; - char buf1[50+1]; - char buf2[50+1]; - char *res_ptr = NULL; - size_t res_size = 0; - size_t l1, l2; - - for (;;) - { - c = getc (fp); - if (c == EOF) - break; - if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t') - continue; - if (c == '#') - { - /* Skip comment, to end of line. */ - do - c = getc (fp); - while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n')); - if (c == EOF) - break; - continue; - } - ungetc (c, fp); - if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2) - break; - l1 = strlen (buf1); - l2 = strlen (buf2); - if (res_size == 0) - { - res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; - res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1); - } - else - { - res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; - res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1); - } - if (res_ptr == NULL) - { - /* Out of memory. */ - res_size = 0; - break; - } - strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1); - strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2); - } - fclose (fp); - if (res_size == 0) - cp = ""; - else - { - *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0'; - cp = res_ptr; - } - } - - if (file_name != NULL) - free (file_name); - -#else - -# if defined VMS - /* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the - sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */ - /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation - "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems" - section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */ - cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" - "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" - "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" - "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" - "ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" - "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" - /* Japanese */ - "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" - "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0" - "DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0" - "SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" - /* Chinese */ - "eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0" - "DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0" - "DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" - /* Korean */ - "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"; -# endif - -# if defined WIN32 - /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same - directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at - runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */ - - cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0" - "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0" - "CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0" - "CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0" - "CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0" - "CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" - "CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" - "CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0" - "CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0" - "CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" - "CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0" - "CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" - "CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" - "CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" - "CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"; -# endif -#endif - - charset_aliases = cp; - } - - return cp; -} - -/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it - into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. - The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. - If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical - name. */ - -#ifdef STATIC -STATIC -#endif -const char * -locale_charset () -{ - const char *codeset; - const char *aliases; - -#if !(defined WIN32 || defined OS2) - -# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET - - /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */ - codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET); - -# else - - /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */ - const char *locale = NULL; - - /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some - (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't - use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the - locale name the user has set. */ -# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0 - locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL); -# endif - if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') - { - locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); - if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') - { - locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); - if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') - locale = getenv ("LANG"); - } - } - - /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others, - you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it - through the charset.alias file. */ - codeset = locale; - -# endif - -#elif defined WIN32 - - static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; - - /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ - sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ()); - codeset = buf; - -#elif defined OS2 - - const char *locale; - static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; - ULONG cp[3]; - ULONG cplen; - - /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system, - with standard language environment variables. */ - locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); - if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') - { - locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); - if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') - locale = getenv ("LANG"); - } - if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0') - { - /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */ - const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.'); - - if (dot != NULL) - { - const char *modifier; - - dot++; - /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */ - modifier = strchr (dot, '@'); - if (modifier == NULL) - return dot; - if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf)) - { - memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot); - buf [modifier - dot] = '\0'; - return buf; - } - } - - /* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */ - codeset = locale; - } - else - { - /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ - if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen)) - codeset = ""; - else - { - sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]); - codeset = buf; - } - } - -#endif - - if (codeset == NULL) - /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */ - codeset = ""; - - /* Resolve alias. */ - for (aliases = get_charset_aliases (); - *aliases != '\0'; - aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1) - if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0 - || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0')) - { - codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1; - break; - } - - /* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret - the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding", - thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */ - if (codeset[0] == '\0') - codeset = "ASCII"; - - return codeset; -} diff --git a/intl/localcharset.h b/intl/localcharset.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3b137e7..0000000 --- a/intl/localcharset.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. - Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H -#define _LOCALCHARSET_H - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - -/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it - into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. - The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. - If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical - name. */ -extern const char * locale_charset (void); - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - - -#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */ diff --git a/intl/locale.alias b/intl/locale.alias deleted file mode 100644 index bd7b9b3..0000000 --- a/intl/locale.alias +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -# Locale name alias data base. -# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. - -# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of -# the X Window System, which normally can be found in -# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias -# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value. -# All entries are case independent. - -# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for -# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share -# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to -# bugs@gnu.org. - -# Packages using this file: - -bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1 -croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 -czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2 -danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1 -dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1 -deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1 -dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1 -eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1 -estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1 -finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1 -français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 -french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 -galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 -galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 -german de_DE.ISO-8859-1 -greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7 -hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8 -hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 -hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2 -icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1 -italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1 -japanese ja_JP.eucJP -japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP -ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP -ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP -japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS -korean ko_KR.eucKR -korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR -ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR -lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13 -nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1 -polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2 -portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1 -romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2 -russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5 -slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2 -slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 -slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 -spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1 -swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1 -thai th_TH.TIS-620 -turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9 diff --git a/intl/localealias.c b/intl/localealias.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7c4ce58..0000000 --- a/intl/localealias.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,419 +0,0 @@ -/* Handle aliases for locale names. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). - This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include - <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <ctype.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING -# include <stdio_ext.h> -#endif -#include <sys/types.h> - -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# undef alloca -# define alloca __builtin_alloca -# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 -#else -# ifdef _MSC_VER -# include <malloc.h> -# define alloca _alloca -# else -# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC -# include <alloca.h> -# else -# ifdef _AIX - #pragma alloca -# else -# ifndef alloca -char *alloca (); -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> - -#include "gettextP.h" - -#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE -# include "relocatable.h" -#else -# define relocate(pathname) (pathname) -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard - because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object - file and the name space must not be polluted. */ -# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp - -# ifndef mempcpy -# define mempcpy __mempcpy -# endif -# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1 -# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1 - -/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */ -# include <bits/libc-lock.h> - -__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock); -#endif - -#ifndef internal_function -# define internal_function -#endif - -/* Some optimizations for glibc. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp) -# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp) -#else -# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp) -# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp) -#endif - -/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add - some additional code emulating it. */ -#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA -# define freea(p) /* nothing */ -#else -# define alloca(n) malloc (n) -# define freea(p) free (p) -#endif - -#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED -# undef fgets -# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s) -#endif -#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED -# undef feof -# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s) -#endif - - -struct alias_map -{ - const char *alias; - const char *value; -}; - - -#ifndef _LIBC -# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl -#endif - -libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space); -static size_t string_space_act; -static size_t string_space_max; -libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map); -static size_t nmap; -static size_t maxmap; - - -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len)) - internal_function; -static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void)); -static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1, - const struct alias_map *map2)); - - -const char * -_nl_expand_alias (name) - const char *name; -{ - static const char *locale_alias_path; - struct alias_map *retval; - const char *result = NULL; - size_t added; - -#ifdef _LIBC - __libc_lock_lock (lock); -#endif - - if (locale_alias_path == NULL) - locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; - - do - { - struct alias_map item; - - item.alias = name; - - if (nmap > 0) - retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap, - sizeof (struct alias_map), - (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, - const void *)) - ) alias_compare); - else - retval = NULL; - - /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */ - if (retval != NULL) - { - result = retval->value; - break; - } - - /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */ - added = 0; - while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0') - { - const char *start; - - while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR) - ++locale_alias_path; - start = locale_alias_path; - - while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' - && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR) - ++locale_alias_path; - - if (start < locale_alias_path) - added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start); - } - } - while (added != 0); - -#ifdef _LIBC - __libc_lock_unlock (lock); -#endif - - return result; -} - - -static size_t -internal_function -read_alias_file (fname, fname_len) - const char *fname; - int fname_len; -{ - FILE *fp; - char *full_fname; - size_t added; - static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias"; - - full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile); -#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY - mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len), - aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); -#else - memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len); - memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); -#endif - - fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r"); - freea (full_fname); - if (fp == NULL) - return 0; - -#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING - /* No threads present. */ - __fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER); -#endif - - added = 0; - while (!FEOF (fp)) - { - /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because - a) we are only interested in the first two fields - b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not - be that long - We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up - stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of - memory. */ - char buf[400]; - char *alias; - char *value; - char *cp; - - if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) - /* EOF reached. */ - break; - - cp = buf; - /* Ignore leading white space. */ - while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) - ++cp; - - /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */ - if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#') - { - alias = cp++; - while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) - ++cp; - /* Terminate alias name. */ - if (cp[0] != '\0') - *cp++ = '\0'; - - /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */ - while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) - ++cp; - - if (cp[0] != '\0') - { - size_t alias_len; - size_t value_len; - - value = cp++; - while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) - ++cp; - /* Terminate value. */ - if (cp[0] == '\n') - { - /* This has to be done to make the following test - for the end of line possible. We are looking for - the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */ - *cp++ = '\0'; - *cp = '\n'; - } - else if (cp[0] != '\0') - *cp++ = '\0'; - - if (nmap >= maxmap) - if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0)) - return added; - - alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1; - value_len = strlen (value) + 1; - - if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max) - { - /* Increase size of memory pool. */ - size_t new_size = (string_space_max - + (alias_len + value_len > 1024 - ? alias_len + value_len : 1024)); - char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size); - if (new_pool == NULL) - return added; - - if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0)) - { - size_t i; - - for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++) - { - map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space; - map[i].value += new_pool - string_space; - } - } - - string_space = new_pool; - string_space_max = new_size; - } - - map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], - alias, alias_len); - string_space_act += alias_len; - - map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], - value, value_len); - string_space_act += value_len; - - ++nmap; - ++added; - } - } - - /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore - the rest of the line. */ - while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL) - if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) - /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop - will exit at the `feof' test. */ - break; - } - - /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore - errors. --drepper */ - fclose (fp); - - if (added > 0) - qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), - (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare); - - return added; -} - - -static int -extend_alias_table () -{ - size_t new_size; - struct alias_map *new_map; - - new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap; - new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size - * sizeof (struct alias_map))); - if (new_map == NULL) - /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */ - return -1; - - map = new_map; - maxmap = new_size; - return 0; -} - - -static int -alias_compare (map1, map2) - const struct alias_map *map1; - const struct alias_map *map2; -{ -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP - return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias); -#else - const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias; - const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias; - unsigned char c1, c2; - - if (p1 == p2) - return 0; - - do - { - /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in - some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */ - c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1; - c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2; - if (c1 == '\0') - break; - ++p1; - ++p2; - } - while (c1 == c2); - - return c1 - c2; -#endif -} diff --git a/intl/localename.c b/intl/localename.c deleted file mode 100644 index faacecd..0000000 --- a/intl/localename.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,772 +0,0 @@ -/* Determine the current selected locale. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. */ -/* Win32 code written by Tor Lillqvist <tml@iki.fi>. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <locale.h> - -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ -# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */ -# define WIN32 -#endif - -#ifdef WIN32 -# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -# include <windows.h> -/* Mingw headers don't have latest language and sublanguage codes. */ -# ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS -# define LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x36 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN -# define LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1c -# endif -# ifndef LANG_ARABIC -# define LANG_ARABIC 0x01 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_ARMENIAN -# define LANG_ARMENIAN 0x2b -# endif -# ifndef LANG_ASSAMESE -# define LANG_ASSAMESE 0x4d -# endif -# ifndef LANG_AZERI -# define LANG_AZERI 0x2c -# endif -# ifndef LANG_BASQUE -# define LANG_BASQUE 0x2d -# endif -# ifndef LANG_BELARUSIAN -# define LANG_BELARUSIAN 0x23 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_BENGALI -# define LANG_BENGALI 0x45 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_CATALAN -# define LANG_CATALAN 0x03 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_DIVEHI -# define LANG_DIVEHI 0x65 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN -# define LANG_ESTONIAN 0x25 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_FAEROESE -# define LANG_FAEROESE 0x38 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_FARSI -# define LANG_FARSI 0x29 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_GALICIAN -# define LANG_GALICIAN 0x56 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN -# define LANG_GEORGIAN 0x37 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_GUJARATI -# define LANG_GUJARATI 0x47 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_HEBREW -# define LANG_HEBREW 0x0d -# endif -# ifndef LANG_HINDI -# define LANG_HINDI 0x39 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN -# define LANG_INDONESIAN 0x21 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_KANNADA -# define LANG_KANNADA 0x4b -# endif -# ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI -# define LANG_KASHMIRI 0x60 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_KAZAK -# define LANG_KAZAK 0x3f -# endif -# ifndef LANG_KONKANI -# define LANG_KONKANI 0x57 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_KYRGYZ -# define LANG_KYRGYZ 0x40 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_LATVIAN -# define LANG_LATVIAN 0x26 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_LITHUANIAN -# define LANG_LITHUANIAN 0x27 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_MACEDONIAN -# define LANG_MACEDONIAN 0x2f -# endif -# ifndef LANG_MALAY -# define LANG_MALAY 0x3e -# endif -# ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM -# define LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4c -# endif -# ifndef LANG_MANIPURI -# define LANG_MANIPURI 0x58 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_MARATHI -# define LANG_MARATHI 0x4e -# endif -# ifndef LANG_MONGOLIAN -# define LANG_MONGOLIAN 0x50 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_NEPALI -# define LANG_NEPALI 0x61 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_ORIYA -# define LANG_ORIYA 0x48 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_PUNJABI -# define LANG_PUNJABI 0x46 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT -# define LANG_SANSKRIT 0x4f -# endif -# ifndef LANG_SERBIAN -# define LANG_SERBIAN 0x1a -# endif -# ifndef LANG_SINDHI -# define LANG_SINDHI 0x59 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_SLOVAK -# define LANG_SLOVAK 0x1b -# endif -# ifndef LANG_SORBIAN -# define LANG_SORBIAN 0x2e -# endif -# ifndef LANG_SWAHILI -# define LANG_SWAHILI 0x41 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_SYRIAC -# define LANG_SYRIAC 0x5a -# endif -# ifndef LANG_TAMIL -# define LANG_TAMIL 0x49 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_TATAR -# define LANG_TATAR 0x44 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_TELUGU -# define LANG_TELUGU 0x4a -# endif -# ifndef LANG_THAI -# define LANG_THAI 0x1e -# endif -# ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN -# define LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x22 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_URDU -# define LANG_URDU 0x20 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_UZBEK -# define LANG_UZBEK 0x43 -# endif -# ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE -# define LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2a -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA -# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x01 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ -# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x02 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT -# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x03 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA -# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x04 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA -# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x05 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO -# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x06 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA -# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x07 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN -# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN 0x08 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN -# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x09 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA -# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x0a -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN -# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x0b -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON -# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x0c -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT -# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x0d -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE -# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE 0x0e -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN -# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x0f -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR -# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR 0x10 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN -# define SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN 0x01 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC -# define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC 0x02 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU -# define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU 0x05 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA -# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x07 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA -# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x08 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN -# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x09 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE -# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x0a -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD -# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x0b -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE -# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x0c -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES -# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x0d -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG -# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x05 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO -# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO 0x06 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG -# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x04 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN -# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN 0x05 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA -# define SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA 0x02 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA -# define SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x01 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM -# define SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x02 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA -# define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA 0x02 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN -# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN 0x02 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC -# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC 0x03 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA -# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x04 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA -# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x05 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA -# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x06 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC -# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x07 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA -# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x08 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA -# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x09 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU -# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU 0x0a -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA -# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x0b -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR -# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x0c -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE -# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE 0x0d -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY -# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x0e -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY -# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x0f -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA -# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x10 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR -# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x11 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS -# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x12 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA -# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x13 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO -# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x14 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND -# define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x02 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN -# define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x01 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA -# define SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA 0x02 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN -# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN 0x01 -# endif -# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC -# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC 0x02 -# endif -#endif - -/* XPG3 defines the result of 'setlocale (category, NULL)' as: - "Directs 'setlocale()' to query 'category' and return the current - setting of 'local'." - However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and - ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g. - those using GNU C Library). */ -#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2) -# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL -#endif - -/* Determine the current locale's name, and canonicalize it into XPG syntax - language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier] - The codeset part in the result is not reliable; the locale_charset() - should be used for codeset information instead. - The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. */ - -const char * -_nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) - int category; - const char *categoryname; -{ - const char *retval; - -#ifndef WIN32 - - /* Use the POSIX methods of looking to 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', and 'LANG'. - On some systems this can be done by the 'setlocale' function itself. */ -# if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL - retval = setlocale (category, NULL); -# else - /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */ - retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); - if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') - { - /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */ - retval = getenv (categoryname); - if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') - { - /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */ - retval = getenv ("LANG"); - if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') - /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is - implementation defined. */ - retval = "C"; - } - } -# endif - - return retval; - -#else /* WIN32 */ - - /* Return an XPG style locale name language[_territory][@modifier]. - Don't even bother determining the codeset; it's not useful in this - context, because message catalogs are not specific to a single - codeset. */ - - LCID lcid; - LANGID langid; - int primary, sub; - - /* Let the user override the system settings through environment - variables, as on POSIX systems. */ - retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); - if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') - return retval; - retval = getenv (categoryname); - if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') - return retval; - retval = getenv ("LANG"); - if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') - return retval; - - /* Use native Win32 API locale ID. */ - lcid = GetThreadLocale (); - - /* Strip off the sorting rules, keep only the language part. */ - langid = LANGIDFROMLCID (lcid); - - /* Split into language and territory part. */ - primary = PRIMARYLANGID (langid); - sub = SUBLANGID (langid); - - /* Dispatch on language. - See also http://www.unicode.org/unicode/onlinedat/languages.html . - For details about languages, see http://www.ethnologue.com/ . */ - switch (primary) - { - case LANG_AFRIKAANS: return "af_ZA"; - case LANG_ALBANIAN: return "sq_AL"; - case 0x5e: /* AMHARIC */ return "am_ET"; - case LANG_ARABIC: - switch (sub) - { - case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA: return "ar_SA"; - case SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ: return "ar_IQ"; - case SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT: return "ar_EG"; - case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA: return "ar_LY"; - case SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA: return "ar_DZ"; - case SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO: return "ar_MA"; - case SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA: return "ar_TN"; - case SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN: return "ar_OM"; - case SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN: return "ar_YE"; - case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA: return "ar_SY"; - case SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN: return "ar_JO"; - case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON: return "ar_LB"; - case SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT: return "ar_KW"; - case SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE: return "ar_AE"; - case SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN: return "ar_BH"; - case SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR: return "ar_QA"; - } - return "ar"; - case LANG_ARMENIAN: return "hy_AM"; - case LANG_ASSAMESE: return "as_IN"; - case LANG_AZERI: - switch (sub) - { - /* FIXME: Adjust this when Azerbaijani locales appear on Unix. */ - case SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN: return "az_AZ@latin"; - case SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC: return "az_AZ@cyrillic"; - } - return "az"; - case LANG_BASQUE: - return "eu"; /* Ambiguous: could be "eu_ES" or "eu_FR". */ - case LANG_BELARUSIAN: return "be_BY"; - case LANG_BENGALI: return "bn_IN"; - case LANG_BULGARIAN: return "bg_BG"; - case 0x55: /* BURMESE */ return "my_MM"; - case 0x53: /* CAMBODIAN */ return "km_KH"; - case LANG_CATALAN: return "ca_ES"; - case 0x5c: /* CHEROKEE */ return "chr_US"; - case LANG_CHINESE: - switch (sub) - { - case SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL: return "zh_TW"; - case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED: return "zh_CN"; - case SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG: return "zh_HK"; - case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE: return "zh_SG"; - case SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU: return "zh_MO"; - } - return "zh"; - case LANG_CROATIAN: /* LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN - * What used to be called Serbo-Croatian - * should really now be two separate - * languages because of political reasons. - * (Says tml, who knows nothing about Serbian - * or Croatian.) - * (I can feel those flames coming already.) - */ - switch (sub) - { - case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "hr_HR"; - case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_YU"; - case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_YU@cyrillic"; - } - return "hr"; - case LANG_CZECH: return "cs_CZ"; - case LANG_DANISH: return "da_DK"; - case LANG_DIVEHI: return "div_MV"; - case LANG_DUTCH: - switch (sub) - { - case SUBLANG_DUTCH: return "nl_NL"; - case SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN: /* FLEMISH, VLAAMS */ return "nl_BE"; - } - return "nl"; - case 0x66: /* EDO */ return "bin_NG"; - case LANG_ENGLISH: - switch (sub) - { - /* SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. Heh. I thought - * English was the language spoken in England. - * Oh well. - */ - case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US: return "en_US"; - case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK: return "en_GB"; - case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS: return "en_AU"; - case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN: return "en_CA"; - case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ: return "en_NZ"; - case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE: return "en_IE"; - case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA: return "en_ZA"; - case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA: return "en_JM"; - case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN: return "en_GD"; /* Grenada? */ - case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE: return "en_BZ"; - case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD: return "en_TT"; - case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE: return "en_ZW"; - case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES: return "en_PH"; - } - return "en"; - case LANG_ESTONIAN: return "et_EE"; - case LANG_FAEROESE: return "fo_FO"; - case LANG_FARSI: return "fa_IR"; - case LANG_FINNISH: return "fi_FI"; - case LANG_FRENCH: - switch (sub) - { - case SUBLANG_FRENCH: return "fr_FR"; - case SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN: /* WALLOON */ return "fr_BE"; - case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN: return "fr_CA"; - case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS: return "fr_CH"; - case SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG: return "fr_LU"; - case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO: return "fr_MC"; - } - return "fr"; - case 0x62: /* FRISIAN */ return "fy_NL"; - case 0x67: /* FULFULDE */ return "ful_NG"; - case 0x3c: /* GAELIC */ - switch (sub) - { - case 0x01: /* SCOTTISH */ return "gd_GB"; - case 0x02: /* IRISH */ return "ga_IE"; - } - return "C"; - case LANG_GALICIAN: return "gl_ES"; - case LANG_GEORGIAN: return "ka_GE"; - case LANG_GERMAN: - switch (sub) - { - case SUBLANG_GERMAN: return "de_DE"; - case SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS: return "de_CH"; - case SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN: return "de_AT"; - case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG: return "de_LU"; - case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN: return "de_LI"; - } - return "de"; - case LANG_GREEK: return "el_GR"; - case 0x74: /* GUARANI */ return "gn_PY"; - case LANG_GUJARATI: return "gu_IN"; - case 0x68: /* HAUSA */ return "ha_NG"; - case 0x75: /* HAWAIIAN */ - /* FIXME: Do they mean Hawaiian ("haw_US", 1000 speakers) - or Hawaii Creole English ("cpe_US", 600000 speakers)? */ - return "cpe_US"; - case LANG_HEBREW: return "he_IL"; - case LANG_HINDI: return "hi_IN"; - case LANG_HUNGARIAN: return "hu_HU"; - case 0x69: /* IBIBIO */ return "nic_NG"; - case LANG_ICELANDIC: return "is_IS"; - case 0x70: /* IGBO */ return "ibo_NG"; - case LANG_INDONESIAN: return "id_ID"; - case 0x5d: /* INUKTITUT */ return "iu_CA"; - case LANG_ITALIAN: - switch (sub) - { - case SUBLANG_ITALIAN: return "it_IT"; - case SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS: return "it_CH"; - } - return "it"; - case LANG_JAPANESE: return "ja_JP"; - case LANG_KANNADA: return "kn_IN"; - case 0x71: /* KANURI */ return "kau_NG"; - case LANG_KASHMIRI: - switch (sub) - { - case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ks_PK"; - case SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA: return "ks_IN"; - } - return "ks"; - case LANG_KAZAK: return "kk_KZ"; - case LANG_KONKANI: - /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ - return "kok_IN"; - case LANG_KOREAN: return "ko_KR"; - case LANG_KYRGYZ: return "ky_KG"; - case 0x54: /* LAO */ return "lo_LA"; - case 0x76: /* LATIN */ return "la_VA"; - case LANG_LATVIAN: return "lv_LV"; - case LANG_LITHUANIAN: return "lt_LT"; - case LANG_MACEDONIAN: return "mk_MK"; - case LANG_MALAY: - switch (sub) - { - case SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA: return "ms_MY"; - case SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM: return "ms_BN"; - } - return "ms"; - case LANG_MALAYALAM: return "ml_IN"; - case 0x3a: /* MALTESE */ return "mt_MT"; - case LANG_MANIPURI: - /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ - return "mni_IN"; - case LANG_MARATHI: return "mr_IN"; - case LANG_MONGOLIAN: - return "mn"; /* Ambiguous: could be "mn_CN" or "mn_MN". */ - case LANG_NEPALI: - switch (sub) - { - case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ne_NP"; - case SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA: return "ne_IN"; - } - return "ne"; - case LANG_NORWEGIAN: - switch (sub) - { - case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL: return "no_NO"; - case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK: return "nn_NO"; - } - return "no"; - case LANG_ORIYA: return "or_IN"; - case 0x72: /* OROMO */ return "om_ET"; - case 0x79: /* PAPIAMENTU */ return "pap_AN"; - case 0x63: /* PASHTO */ - return "ps"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ps_PK" or "ps_AF". */ - case LANG_POLISH: return "pl_PL"; - case LANG_PORTUGUESE: - switch (sub) - { - case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE: return "pt_PT"; - /* Hmm. SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. - Same phenomenon as SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. */ - case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN: return "pt_BR"; - } - return "pt"; - case LANG_PUNJABI: return "pa_IN"; - case 0x17: /* RHAETO-ROMANCE */ return "rm_CH"; - case LANG_ROMANIAN: return "ro_RO"; - case LANG_RUSSIAN: - return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA". */ - case 0x3b: /* SAMI */ return "se_NO"; - case LANG_SANSKRIT: return "sa_IN"; - case LANG_SINDHI: return "sd"; - case 0x5b: /* SINHALESE */ return "si_LK"; - case LANG_SLOVAK: return "sk_SK"; - case LANG_SLOVENIAN: return "sl_SI"; - case 0x77: /* SOMALI */ return "so_SO"; - case LANG_SORBIAN: - /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ - return "wen_DE"; - case LANG_SPANISH: - switch (sub) - { - case SUBLANG_SPANISH: return "es_ES"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN: return "es_MX"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN: - return "es_ES@modern"; /* not seen on Unix */ - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA: return "es_GT"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA: return "es_CR"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA: return "es_PA"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC: return "es_DO"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA: return "es_VE"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA: return "es_CO"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU: return "es_PE"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA: return "es_AR"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR: return "es_EC"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE: return "es_CL"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY: return "es_UY"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY: return "es_PY"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA: return "es_BO"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR: return "es_SV"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS: return "es_HN"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA: return "es_NI"; - case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO: return "es_PR"; - } - return "es"; - case 0x30: /* SUTU */ return "bnt_TZ"; - case LANG_SWAHILI: return "sw_KE"; - case LANG_SWEDISH: - switch (sub) - { - case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "sv_SE"; - case SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND: return "sv_FI"; - } - return "sv"; - case LANG_SYRIAC: return "syr_TR"; /* An extinct language. */ - case 0x64: /* TAGALOG */ return "tl_PH"; - case 0x28: /* TAJIK */ return "tg_TJ"; - case 0x5f: /* TAMAZIGHT */ return "ber_MA"; - case LANG_TAMIL: - return "ta"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ta_IN" or "ta_LK" or "ta_SG". */ - case LANG_TATAR: return "tt_RU"; - case LANG_TELUGU: return "te_IN"; - case LANG_THAI: return "th_TH"; - case 0x51: /* TIBETAN */ return "bo_CN"; - case 0x73: /* TIGRINYA */ return "ti_ET"; - case 0x31: /* TSONGA */ return "ts_ZA"; - case LANG_TURKISH: return "tr_TR"; - case 0x42: /* TURKMEN */ return "tk_TM"; - case LANG_UKRAINIAN: return "uk_UA"; - case LANG_URDU: - switch (sub) - { - case SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN: return "ur_PK"; - case SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA: return "ur_IN"; - } - return "ur"; - case LANG_UZBEK: - switch (sub) - { - /* FIXME: Adjust this when Uzbek locales appear on Unix. */ - case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ@latin"; - case SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC: return "uz_UZ@cyrillic"; - } - return "uz"; - case 0x33: /* VENDA */ return "ven_ZA"; - case LANG_VIETNAMESE: return "vi_VN"; - case 0x52: /* WELSH */ return "cy_GB"; - case 0x34: /* XHOSA */ return "xh_ZA"; - case 0x78: /* YI */ return "sit_CN"; - case 0x3d: /* YIDDISH */ return "yi_IL"; - case 0x6a: /* YORUBA */ return "yo_NG"; - case 0x35: /* ZULU */ return "zu_ZA"; - default: return "C"; - } - -#endif -} diff --git a/intl/log.c b/intl/log.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9c84791..0000000 --- a/intl/log.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -/* Log file output. - Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> - -/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */ -static void -print_escaped (stream, str) - FILE *stream; - const char *str; -{ - putc ('"', stream); - for (; *str != '\0'; str++) - if (*str == '\n') - { - fputs ("\\n\"", stream); - if (str[1] == '\0') - return; - fputs ("\n\"", stream); - } - else - { - if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\') - putc ('\\', stream); - putc (*str, stream); - } - putc ('"', stream); -} - -/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */ -void -_nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural) - const char *logfilename; - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - int plural; -{ - static char *last_logfilename = NULL; - static FILE *last_logfile = NULL; - FILE *logfile; - - /* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */ - if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0) - { - /* Close the last used logfile. */ - if (last_logfilename != NULL) - { - if (last_logfile != NULL) - { - fclose (last_logfile); - last_logfile = NULL; - } - free (last_logfilename); - last_logfilename = NULL; - } - /* Open the logfile. */ - last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1); - if (last_logfilename == NULL) - return; - strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename); - last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a"); - if (last_logfile == NULL) - return; - } - logfile = last_logfile; - - fprintf (logfile, "domain "); - print_escaped (logfile, domainname); - fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid "); - print_escaped (logfile, msgid1); - if (plural) - { - fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural "); - print_escaped (logfile, msgid2); - fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n"); - } - else - fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n"); - putc ('\n', logfile); -} diff --git a/intl/ngettext.c b/intl/ngettext.c deleted file mode 100644 index 17a27f4..0000000 --- a/intl/ngettext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#ifdef _LIBC -# define __need_NULL -# include <stddef.h> -#else -# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */ -#endif - -#include "gettextP.h" -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif - -#include <locale.h> - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define NGETTEXT __ngettext -# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext -#else -# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext -# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext -#endif - -/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current - LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default - text). */ -char * -NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; -{ - return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext); -#endif diff --git a/intl/os2compat.c b/intl/os2compat.c deleted file mode 100644 index c8dc33e..0000000 --- a/intl/os2compat.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -/* OS/2 compatibility functions. - Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#define OS2_AWARE -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <sys/param.h> - -/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */ -extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue); - -char * -_nl_getenv (const char *name) -{ - unsigned char *value; - if (DosScanEnv (name, &value)) - return NULL; - else - return value; -} - -/* A fixed size buffer. */ -char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1]; - -char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL; -char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL; -char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL; - -static __attribute__((constructor)) void -nlos2_initialize () -{ - char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT"); - char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR"); - - _nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir; - if (!_nlos2_libdir) - { - if (root) - { - size_t sl = strlen (root); - _nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1); - memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl); - memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1); - } - else - _nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR; - } - - _nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir; - if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath) - { - if (root) - { - size_t sl = strlen (root); - _nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1); - memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl); - memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1); - } - else - _nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; - } - - _nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir; - if (!_nlos2_localedir) - { - if (root) - { - size_t sl = strlen (root); - _nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1); - memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl); - memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1); - } - else - _nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR; - } - - if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN) - strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir); -} diff --git a/intl/os2compat.h b/intl/os2compat.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4f74e8c..0000000 --- a/intl/os2compat.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -/* OS/2 compatibility defines. - This file is intended to be included from config.h - Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */ -#ifndef OS2_AWARE - -#undef LIBDIR -#define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir -extern char *_nlos2_libdir; - -#undef LOCALEDIR -#define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir -extern char *_nlos2_localedir; - -#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH -#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath -extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath; - -#endif - -#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP -#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1 -#define strcasecmp stricmp -#define strncasecmp strnicmp - -/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */ -#define getenv _nl_getenv - -/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */ -#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1) diff --git a/intl/osdep.c b/intl/osdep.c deleted file mode 100644 index b372598..0000000 --- a/intl/osdep.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -/* OS dependent parts of libintl. - Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#if defined __EMX__ -# include "os2compat.c" -#else -/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */ -typedef int dummy; -#endif diff --git a/intl/plural-exp.c b/intl/plural-exp.c deleted file mode 100644 index c937c01..0000000 --- a/intl/plural-exp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,156 +0,0 @@ -/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. - Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <ctype.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> - -#include "plural-exp.h" - -#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \ - || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) - -/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural - form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */ -static const struct expression plvar = -{ - .nargs = 0, - .operation = var, -}; -static const struct expression plone = -{ - .nargs = 0, - .operation = num, - .val = - { - .num = 1 - } -}; -struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL = -{ - .nargs = 2, - .operation = not_equal, - .val = - { - .args = - { - [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar, - [1] = (struct expression *) &plone - } - } -}; - -# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() - -#else - -/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers: - Initialization at run-time. */ - -static struct expression plvar; -static struct expression plone; -struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL; - -static void -init_germanic_plural () -{ - if (plone.val.num == 0) - { - plvar.nargs = 0; - plvar.operation = var; - - plone.nargs = 0; - plone.operation = num; - plone.val.num = 1; - - GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2; - GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal; - GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar; - GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone; - } -} - -# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural () - -#endif - -void -internal_function -EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, pluralp, npluralsp) - const char *nullentry; - struct expression **pluralp; - unsigned long int *npluralsp; -{ - if (nullentry != NULL) - { - const char *plural; - const char *nplurals; - - plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural="); - nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals="); - if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL) - goto no_plural; - else - { - char *endp; - unsigned long int n; - struct parse_args args; - - /* First get the number. */ - nplurals += 9; - while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals)) - ++nplurals; - if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9')) - goto no_plural; -#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC - n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10); -#else - for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++) - n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0'); -#endif - if (nplurals == endp) - goto no_plural; - *npluralsp = n; - - /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the - scanner function we have to put the input string and the result - passed up from the parser into the same structure which address - is passed down to the parser. */ - plural += 7; - args.cp = plural; - if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0) - goto no_plural; - *pluralp = args.res; - } - } - else - { - /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only - for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what - English is using since English is a Germanic language. */ - no_plural: - INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL (); - *pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL; - *npluralsp = 2; - } -} diff --git a/intl/plural-exp.h b/intl/plural-exp.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9e5d165..0000000 --- a/intl/plural-exp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection. - Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H -#define _PLURAL_EXP_H - -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - -#ifndef internal_function -# define internal_function -#endif - -#ifndef attribute_hidden -# define attribute_hidden -#endif - - -/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the - plural form. */ -struct expression -{ - int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */ - enum operator - { - /* Without arguments: */ - var, /* The variable "n". */ - num, /* Decimal number. */ - /* Unary operators: */ - lnot, /* Logical NOT. */ - /* Binary operators: */ - mult, /* Multiplication. */ - divide, /* Division. */ - module, /* Modulo operation. */ - plus, /* Addition. */ - minus, /* Subtraction. */ - less_than, /* Comparison. */ - greater_than, /* Comparison. */ - less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ - greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ - equal, /* Comparison for equality. */ - not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */ - land, /* Logical AND. */ - lor, /* Logical OR. */ - /* Ternary operators: */ - qmop /* Question mark operator. */ - } operation; - union - { - unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */ - struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */ - } val; -}; - -/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get - the result in a thread-safe way. */ -struct parse_args -{ - const char *cp; - struct expression *res; -}; - - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used - 1. in the GNU C Library library, - 2. in the GNU libintl library, - 3. in the GNU gettext tools. - The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for - binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore, - 1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix, - 2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names - must follow ANSI C and not start with __. - So we have to distinguish the three cases. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp -# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse -# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural -# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural -#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL) -# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp -# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse -# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural -# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural -#else -# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression -# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression -# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural -# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression -#endif - -extern void FREE_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((struct expression *exp)) - internal_function; -extern int PLURAL_PARSE PARAMS ((void *arg)); -extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden; -extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((const char *nullentry, - struct expression **pluralp, - unsigned long int *npluralsp)) - internal_function; - -#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL) -extern unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp, - unsigned long int n)); -#endif - -#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */ diff --git a/intl/plural.c b/intl/plural.c deleted file mode 100644 index 3a4fa20..0000000 --- a/intl/plural.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1518 +0,0 @@ -/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y - by GNU bison 1.35. */ - -#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */ - -#define yyparse __gettextparse -#define yylex __gettextlex -#define yyerror __gettexterror -#define yylval __gettextlval -#define yychar __gettextchar -#define yydebug __gettextdebug -#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs -# define EQUOP2 257 -# define CMPOP2 258 -# define ADDOP2 259 -# define MULOP2 260 -# define NUMBER 261 - -#line 1 "plural.y" - -/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. - Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this - declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's - skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h> - because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */ -#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ - #pragma alloca -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include "plural-exp.h" - -/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse, - but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */ -#ifndef _LIBC -# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE -#endif - -#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp -#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg - -#line 49 "plural.y" -#ifndef YYSTYPE -typedef union { - unsigned long int num; - enum operator op; - struct expression *exp; -} yystype; -# define YYSTYPE yystype -# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1 -#endif -#line 55 "plural.y" - -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, - struct expression * const *args)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *right)); -static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *left, - struct expression *right)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *bexp, - struct expression *tbranch, - struct expression *fbranch)); -static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); -static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); - -/* Allocation of expressions. */ - -static struct expression * -new_exp (nargs, op, args) - int nargs; - enum operator op; - struct expression * const *args; -{ - int i; - struct expression *newp; - - /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - if (args[i] == NULL) - goto fail; - - /* Allocate a new expression. */ - newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); - if (newp != NULL) - { - newp->nargs = nargs; - newp->operation = op; - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; - return newp; - } - - fail: - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); - - return NULL; -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_0 (op) - enum operator op; -{ - return new_exp (0, op, NULL); -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_1 (op, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *right; -{ - struct expression *args[1]; - - args[0] = right; - return new_exp (1, op, args); -} - -static struct expression * -new_exp_2 (op, left, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *left; - struct expression *right; -{ - struct expression *args[2]; - - args[0] = left; - args[1] = right; - return new_exp (2, op, args); -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) - enum operator op; - struct expression *bexp; - struct expression *tbranch; - struct expression *fbranch; -{ - struct expression *args[3]; - - args[0] = bexp; - args[1] = tbranch; - args[2] = fbranch; - return new_exp (3, op, args); -} - -#ifndef YYDEBUG -# define YYDEBUG 0 -#endif - - - -#define YYFINAL 27 -#define YYFLAG -32768 -#define YYNTBASE 16 - -/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */ -#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18) - -/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */ -static const char yytranslate[] = -{ - 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, - 14, 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 13, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, - 9, 11 -}; - -#if YYDEBUG -static const short yyprhs[] = -{ - 0, 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, - 35, 37, 39 -}; -static const short yyrhs[] = -{ - 17, 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, - 17, 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, - 17, 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, - 17, 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, - 17, 15, 0 -}; - -#endif - -#if YYDEBUG -/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */ -static const short yyrline[] = -{ - 0, 174, 182, 186, 190, 194, 198, 202, 206, 210, - 214, 218, 223 -}; -#endif - - -#if (YYDEBUG) || defined YYERROR_VERBOSE - -/* YYTNAME[TOKEN_NUM] -- String name of the token TOKEN_NUM. */ -static const char *const yytname[] = -{ - "$", "error", "$undefined.", "'?'", "'|'", "'&'", "EQUOP2", "CMPOP2", - "ADDOP2", "MULOP2", "'!'", "NUMBER", "':'", "'n'", "'('", "')'", - "start", "exp", 0 -}; -#endif - -/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */ -static const short yyr1[] = -{ - 0, 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, - 17, 17, 17 -}; - -/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */ -static const short yyr2[] = -{ - 0, 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, - 1, 1, 3 -}; - -/* YYDEFACT[S] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE - doesn't specify something else to do. Zero means the default is an - error. */ -static const short yydefact[] = -{ - 0, 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, - 6, 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0 -}; - -static const short yydefgoto[] = -{ - 25, 5 -}; - -static const short yypact[] = -{ - -9, -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, - -9, -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, - 26, -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768 -}; - -static const short yypgoto[] = -{ - -32768, -1 -}; - - -#define YYLAST 53 - - -static const short yytable[] = -{ - 6, 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, - 19, 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, - 14, 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, - 11, 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, - 11, 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, - 12, 13, 14, 27 -}; - -static const short yycheck[] = -{ - 1, 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, - 11, 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, - 9, 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, - 6, 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, - 6, 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, - 7, 8, 9, 0 -}; -#define YYPURE 1 - -/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */ -#line 3 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple" - -/* Skeleton output parser for bison, - - Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software - Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a - Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction. - This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation - in version 1.24 of Bison. */ - -/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser when - the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar. - It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser - used when %semantic_parser is specified. */ - -/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid - infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local - variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros. - There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to - define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON - USER NAME SPACE" below. */ - -#if ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) - -/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */ - -# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca -# else -# ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA -# if defined (alloca) || defined (_ALLOCA_H) -# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca -# else -# ifdef __GNUC__ -# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif - -# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC - /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */ -# define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0) -# else -# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) -# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ -# define YYSIZE_T size_t -# endif -# define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc -# define YYSTACK_FREE free -# endif -#endif /* ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */ - - -#if (! defined (yyoverflow) \ - && (! defined (__cplusplus) \ - || (YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL))) - -/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */ -union yyalloc -{ - short yyss; - YYSTYPE yyvs; -# if YYLSP_NEEDED - YYLTYPE yyls; -# endif -}; - -/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next. */ -# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAX (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1) - -/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with - N elements. */ -# if YYLSP_NEEDED -# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \ - ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE)) \ - + 2 * YYSTACK_GAP_MAX) -# else -# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \ - ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE)) \ - + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX) -# endif - -/* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO. The source and destination do - not overlap. */ -# ifndef YYCOPY -# if 1 < __GNUC__ -# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ - __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From))) -# else -# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ - do \ - { \ - register YYSIZE_T yyi; \ - for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++) \ - (To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi]; \ - } \ - while (0) -# endif -# endif - -/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one. The - local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of - elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the - stack. Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next - stack. */ -# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack) \ - do \ - { \ - YYSIZE_T yynewbytes; \ - YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack, Stack, yysize); \ - Stack = &yyptr->Stack; \ - yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX; \ - yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr); \ - } \ - while (0) - -#endif - - -#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (__SIZE_TYPE__) -# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__ -#endif -#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (size_t) -# define YYSIZE_T size_t -#endif -#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) -# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) -# include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ -# define YYSIZE_T size_t -# endif -#endif -#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) -# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int -#endif - -#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0) -#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY) -#define YYEMPTY -2 -#define YYEOF 0 -#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab -#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab -#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1 -/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. This remains here temporarily - to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC. - Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */ -#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab -#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus) -#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value) \ -do \ - if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \ - { \ - yychar = (Token); \ - yylval = (Value); \ - yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \ - YYPOPSTACK; \ - goto yybackup; \ - } \ - else \ - { \ - yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); \ - YYERROR; \ - } \ -while (0) - -#define YYTERROR 1 -#define YYERRCODE 256 - - -/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Compute the default location (before the actions - are run). - - When YYLLOC_DEFAULT is run, CURRENT is set the location of the - first token. By default, to implement support for ranges, extend - its range to the last symbol. */ - -#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT -# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \ - Current.last_line = Rhs[N].last_line; \ - Current.last_column = Rhs[N].last_column; -#endif - - -/* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments. */ - -#if YYPURE -# if YYLSP_NEEDED -# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM -# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM) -# else -# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc) -# endif -# else /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */ -# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM -# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM) -# else -# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval) -# endif -# endif /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */ -#else /* !YYPURE */ -# define YYLEX yylex () -#endif /* !YYPURE */ - - -/* Enable debugging if requested. */ -#if YYDEBUG - -# ifndef YYFPRINTF -# include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ -# define YYFPRINTF fprintf -# endif - -# define YYDPRINTF(Args) \ -do { \ - if (yydebug) \ - YYFPRINTF Args; \ -} while (0) -/* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that - multiple parsers can coexist. */ -int yydebug; -#else /* !YYDEBUG */ -# define YYDPRINTF(Args) -#endif /* !YYDEBUG */ - -/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks. */ -#ifndef YYINITDEPTH -# define YYINITDEPTH 200 -#endif - -/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only - if the built-in stack extension method is used). - - Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if - SIZE_MAX < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH) - evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */ - -#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0 -# undef YYMAXDEPTH -#endif - -#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH -# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000 -#endif - -#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE - -# ifndef yystrlen -# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) -# define yystrlen strlen -# else -/* Return the length of YYSTR. */ -static YYSIZE_T -# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) -yystrlen (const char *yystr) -# else -yystrlen (yystr) - const char *yystr; -# endif -{ - register const char *yys = yystr; - - while (*yys++ != '\0') - continue; - - return yys - yystr - 1; -} -# endif -# endif - -# ifndef yystpcpy -# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) && defined (_GNU_SOURCE) -# define yystpcpy stpcpy -# else -/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in - YYDEST. */ -static char * -# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) -yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc) -# else -yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc) - char *yydest; - const char *yysrc; -# endif -{ - register char *yyd = yydest; - register const char *yys = yysrc; - - while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0') - continue; - - return yyd - 1; -} -# endif -# endif -#endif - -#line 315 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple" - - -/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed - into yyparse. The argument should have type void *. - It should actually point to an object. - Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it - to the proper pointer type. */ - -#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM -# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) -# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM -# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL -# else -# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM -# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM; -# endif -#else /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */ -# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG -# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL -#endif /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */ - -/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM -int yyparse (void *); -# else -int yyparse (void); -# endif -#endif - -/* YY_DECL_VARIABLES -- depending whether we use a pure parser, - variables are global, or local to YYPARSE. */ - -#define YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \ -/* The lookahead symbol. */ \ -int yychar; \ - \ -/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol. */ \ -YYSTYPE yylval; \ - \ -/* Number of parse errors so far. */ \ -int yynerrs; - -#if YYLSP_NEEDED -# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \ -YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \ - \ -/* Location data for the lookahead symbol. */ \ -YYLTYPE yylloc; -#else -# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \ -YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES -#endif - - -/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here. */ - -#if !YYPURE -YY_DECL_VARIABLES -#endif /* !YYPURE */ - -int -yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG) - YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL -{ - /* If reentrant, generate the variables here. */ -#if YYPURE - YY_DECL_VARIABLES -#endif /* !YYPURE */ - - register int yystate; - register int yyn; - int yyresult; - /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */ - int yyerrstatus; - /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number. */ - int yychar1 = 0; - - /* Three stacks and their tools: - `yyss': related to states, - `yyvs': related to semantic values, - `yyls': related to locations. - - Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow - to reallocate them elsewhere. */ - - /* The state stack. */ - short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; - short *yyss = yyssa; - register short *yyssp; - - /* The semantic value stack. */ - YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; - YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; - register YYSTYPE *yyvsp; - -#if YYLSP_NEEDED - /* The location stack. */ - YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; - YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa; - YYLTYPE *yylsp; -#endif - -#if YYLSP_NEEDED -# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--) -#else -# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--) -#endif - - YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH; - - - /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the - action routines. */ - YYSTYPE yyval; -#if YYLSP_NEEDED - YYLTYPE yyloc; -#endif - - /* When reducing, the number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced - rule. */ - int yylen; - - YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n")); - - yystate = 0; - yyerrstatus = 0; - yynerrs = 0; - yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */ - - /* Initialize stack pointers. - Waste one element of value and location stack - so that they stay on the same level as the state stack. - The wasted elements are never initialized. */ - - yyssp = yyss; - yyvsp = yyvs; -#if YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp = yyls; -#endif - goto yysetstate; - -/*------------------------------------------------------------. -| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate. | -`------------------------------------------------------------*/ - yynewstate: - /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks - have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. - */ - yyssp++; - - yysetstate: - *yyssp = yystate; - - if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) - { - /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */ - YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1; - -#ifdef yyoverflow - { - /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of - these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into - memory. */ - YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs; - short *yyss1 = yyss; - - /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the - data in use in that stack, in bytes. */ -# if YYLSP_NEEDED - YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls; - /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args, - but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */ - yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow", - &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp), - &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp), - &yyls1, yysize * sizeof (*yylsp), - &yystacksize); - yyls = yyls1; -# else - yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow", - &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp), - &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp), - &yystacksize); -# endif - yyss = yyss1; - yyvs = yyvs1; - } -#else /* no yyoverflow */ -# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE - goto yyoverflowlab; -# else - /* Extend the stack our own way. */ - if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH) - goto yyoverflowlab; - yystacksize *= 2; - if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH) - yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH; - - { - short *yyss1 = yyss; - union yyalloc *yyptr = - (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize)); - if (! yyptr) - goto yyoverflowlab; - YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss); - YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs); -# if YYLSP_NEEDED - YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyls); -# endif -# undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE - if (yyss1 != yyssa) - YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1); - } -# endif -#endif /* no yyoverflow */ - - yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1; - yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1; -#if YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp = yyls + yysize - 1; -#endif - - YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n", - (unsigned long int) yystacksize)); - - if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) - YYABORT; - } - - YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate)); - - goto yybackup; - - -/*-----------. -| yybackup. | -`-----------*/ -yybackup: - -/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */ -/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */ -/* yyresume: */ - - /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */ - - yyn = yypact[yystate]; - if (yyn == YYFLAG) - goto yydefault; - - /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */ - - /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF - or a valid token in external form. */ - - if (yychar == YYEMPTY) - { - YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: ")); - yychar = YYLEX; - } - - /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */ - - if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */ - { - yychar1 = 0; - yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */ - - YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n")); - } - else - { - yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); - -#if YYDEBUG - /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables - which are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */ - if (yydebug) - { - YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", - yychar, yytname[yychar1]); - /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise - meaning of a token, for further debugging info. */ -# ifdef YYPRINT - YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval); -# endif - YYFPRINTF (stderr, ")\n"); - } -#endif - } - - yyn += yychar1; - if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1) - goto yydefault; - - yyn = yytable[yyn]; - - /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state. - Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number. - Positive => shift, yyn is new state. - New state is final state => don't bother to shift, - just return success. - 0, or most negative number => error. */ - - if (yyn < 0) - { - if (yyn == YYFLAG) - goto yyerrlab; - yyn = -yyn; - goto yyreduce; - } - else if (yyn == 0) - goto yyerrlab; - - if (yyn == YYFINAL) - YYACCEPT; - - /* Shift the lookahead token. */ - YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", - yychar, yytname[yychar1])); - - /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */ - if (yychar != YYEOF) - yychar = YYEMPTY; - - *++yyvsp = yylval; -#if YYLSP_NEEDED - *++yylsp = yylloc; -#endif - - /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error - status. */ - if (yyerrstatus) - yyerrstatus--; - - yystate = yyn; - goto yynewstate; - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------. -| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state. | -`-----------------------------------------------------------*/ -yydefault: - yyn = yydefact[yystate]; - if (yyn == 0) - goto yyerrlab; - goto yyreduce; - - -/*-----------------------------. -| yyreduce -- Do a reduction. | -`-----------------------------*/ -yyreduce: - /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */ - yylen = yyr2[yyn]; - - /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action: - `$$ = $1'. - - Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to the semantic value of - the lookahead token. This behavior is undocumented and Bison - users should not rely upon it. Assigning to YYVAL - unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a - GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized. */ - yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; - -#if YYLSP_NEEDED - /* Similarly for the default location. Let the user run additional - commands if for instance locations are ranges. */ - yyloc = yylsp[1-yylen]; - YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yylsp - yylen), yylen); -#endif - -#if YYDEBUG - /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables which - are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */ - if (yydebug) - { - int yyi; - - YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ", - yyn, yyrline[yyn]); - - /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */ - for (yyi = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[yyi] > 0; yyi++) - YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[yyi]]); - YYFPRINTF (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]); - } -#endif - - switch (yyn) { - -case 1: -#line 175 "plural.y" -{ - if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL) - YYABORT; - ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp; - } - break; -case 2: -#line 183 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - } - break; -case 3: -#line 187 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - } - break; -case 4: -#line 191 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - } - break; -case 5: -#line 195 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - } - break; -case 6: -#line 199 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - } - break; -case 7: -#line 203 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - } - break; -case 8: -#line 207 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); - } - break; -case 9: -#line 211 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp); - } - break; -case 10: -#line 215 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var); - } - break; -case 11: -#line 219 "plural.y" -{ - if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) - yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num; - } - break; -case 12: -#line 224 "plural.y" -{ - yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp; - } - break; -} - -#line 705 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple" - - - yyvsp -= yylen; - yyssp -= yylen; -#if YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp -= yylen; -#endif - -#if YYDEBUG - if (yydebug) - { - short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1; - YYFPRINTF (stderr, "state stack now"); - while (yyssp1 != yyssp) - YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1); - YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); - } -#endif - - *++yyvsp = yyval; -#if YYLSP_NEEDED - *++yylsp = yyloc; -#endif - - /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction. Determine what state - that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule - number reduced by. */ - - yyn = yyr1[yyn]; - - yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp; - if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp) - yystate = yytable[yystate]; - else - yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE]; - - goto yynewstate; - - -/*------------------------------------. -| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error | -`------------------------------------*/ -yyerrlab: - /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */ - if (!yyerrstatus) - { - ++yynerrs; - -#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE - yyn = yypact[yystate]; - - if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST) - { - YYSIZE_T yysize = 0; - char *yymsg; - int yyx, yycount; - - yycount = 0; - /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in - YYCHECK. */ - for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0; - yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); yyx++) - if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx) - yysize += yystrlen (yytname[yyx]) + 15, yycount++; - yysize += yystrlen ("parse error, unexpected ") + 1; - yysize += yystrlen (yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]); - yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yysize); - if (yymsg != 0) - { - char *yyp = yystpcpy (yymsg, "parse error, unexpected "); - yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]); - - if (yycount < 5) - { - yycount = 0; - for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0; - yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); - yyx++) - if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx) - { - const char *yyq = ! yycount ? ", expecting " : " or "; - yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yyq); - yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[yyx]); - yycount++; - } - } - yyerror (yymsg); - YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg); - } - else - yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exhausted"); - } - else -#endif /* defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */ - yyerror ("parse error"); - } - goto yyerrlab1; - - -/*--------------------------------------------------. -| yyerrlab1 -- error raised explicitly by an action | -`--------------------------------------------------*/ -yyerrlab1: - if (yyerrstatus == 3) - { - /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an - error, discard it. */ - - /* return failure if at end of input */ - if (yychar == YYEOF) - YYABORT; - YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", - yychar, yytname[yychar1])); - yychar = YYEMPTY; - } - - /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error - token. */ - - yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */ - - goto yyerrhandle; - - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------. -| yyerrdefault -- current state does not do anything special for the | -| error token. | -`-------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -yyerrdefault: -#if 0 - /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens - should shift them. */ - - /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it. */ - yyn = yydefact[yystate]; - if (yyn) - goto yydefault; -#endif - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------. -| yyerrpop -- pop the current state because it cannot handle the | -| error token | -`---------------------------------------------------------------*/ -yyerrpop: - if (yyssp == yyss) - YYABORT; - yyvsp--; - yystate = *--yyssp; -#if YYLSP_NEEDED - yylsp--; -#endif - -#if YYDEBUG - if (yydebug) - { - short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1; - YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Error: state stack now"); - while (yyssp1 != yyssp) - YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1); - YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); - } -#endif - -/*--------------. -| yyerrhandle. | -`--------------*/ -yyerrhandle: - yyn = yypact[yystate]; - if (yyn == YYFLAG) - goto yyerrdefault; - - yyn += YYTERROR; - if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR) - goto yyerrdefault; - - yyn = yytable[yyn]; - if (yyn < 0) - { - if (yyn == YYFLAG) - goto yyerrpop; - yyn = -yyn; - goto yyreduce; - } - else if (yyn == 0) - goto yyerrpop; - - if (yyn == YYFINAL) - YYACCEPT; - - YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting error token, ")); - - *++yyvsp = yylval; -#if YYLSP_NEEDED - *++yylsp = yylloc; -#endif - - yystate = yyn; - goto yynewstate; - - -/*-------------------------------------. -| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here. | -`-------------------------------------*/ -yyacceptlab: - yyresult = 0; - goto yyreturn; - -/*-----------------------------------. -| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. | -`-----------------------------------*/ -yyabortlab: - yyresult = 1; - goto yyreturn; - -/*---------------------------------------------. -| yyoverflowab -- parser overflow comes here. | -`---------------------------------------------*/ -yyoverflowlab: - yyerror ("parser stack overflow"); - yyresult = 2; - /* Fall through. */ - -yyreturn: -#ifndef yyoverflow - if (yyss != yyssa) - YYSTACK_FREE (yyss); -#endif - return yyresult; -} -#line 229 "plural.y" - - -void -internal_function -FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) - struct expression *exp; -{ - if (exp == NULL) - return; - - /* Handle the recursive case. */ - switch (exp->nargs) - { - case 3: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 2: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 1: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - default: - break; - } - - free (exp); -} - - -static int -yylex (lval, pexp) - YYSTYPE *lval; - const char **pexp; -{ - const char *exp = *pexp; - int result; - - while (1) - { - if (exp[0] == '\0') - { - *pexp = exp; - return YYEOF; - } - - if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') - break; - - ++exp; - } - - result = *exp++; - switch (result) - { - case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': - case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': - { - unsigned long int n = result - '0'; - while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') - { - n *= 10; - n += exp[0] - '0'; - ++exp; - } - lval->num = n; - result = NUMBER; - } - break; - - case '=': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = equal; - result = EQUOP2; - } - else - result = YYERRCODE; - break; - - case '!': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = not_equal; - result = EQUOP2; - } - break; - - case '&': - case '|': - if (exp[0] == result) - ++exp; - else - result = YYERRCODE; - break; - - case '<': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = less_or_equal; - } - else - lval->op = less_than; - result = CMPOP2; - break; - - case '>': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = greater_or_equal; - } - else - lval->op = greater_than; - result = CMPOP2; - break; - - case '*': - lval->op = mult; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '/': - lval->op = divide; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '%': - lval->op = module; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '+': - lval->op = plus; - result = ADDOP2; - break; - - case '-': - lval->op = minus; - result = ADDOP2; - break; - - case 'n': - case '?': - case ':': - case '(': - case ')': - /* Nothing, just return the character. */ - break; - - case ';': - case '\n': - case '\0': - /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ - --exp; - result = YYEOF; - break; - - default: - result = YYERRCODE; -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - --exp; -#endif - break; - } - - *pexp = exp; - - return result; -} - - -static void -yyerror (str) - const char *str; -{ - /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ -} diff --git a/intl/plural.y b/intl/plural.y deleted file mode 100644 index 616b7c1..0000000 --- a/intl/plural.y +++ /dev/null @@ -1,409 +0,0 @@ -%{ -/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. - Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this - declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's - skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h> - because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */ -#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ - #pragma alloca -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include "plural-exp.h" - -/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse, - but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */ -#ifndef _LIBC -# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE -#endif - -#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp -#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg -%} -%pure_parser -%expect 7 - -%union { - unsigned long int num; - enum operator op; - struct expression *exp; -} - -%{ -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, - struct expression * const *args)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *right)); -static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *left, - struct expression *right)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *bexp, - struct expression *tbranch, - struct expression *fbranch)); -static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); -static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); - -/* Allocation of expressions. */ - -static struct expression * -new_exp (nargs, op, args) - int nargs; - enum operator op; - struct expression * const *args; -{ - int i; - struct expression *newp; - - /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - if (args[i] == NULL) - goto fail; - - /* Allocate a new expression. */ - newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); - if (newp != NULL) - { - newp->nargs = nargs; - newp->operation = op; - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; - return newp; - } - - fail: - for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) - FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); - - return NULL; -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_0 (op) - enum operator op; -{ - return new_exp (0, op, NULL); -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_1 (op, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *right; -{ - struct expression *args[1]; - - args[0] = right; - return new_exp (1, op, args); -} - -static struct expression * -new_exp_2 (op, left, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *left; - struct expression *right; -{ - struct expression *args[2]; - - args[0] = left; - args[1] = right; - return new_exp (2, op, args); -} - -static inline struct expression * -new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) - enum operator op; - struct expression *bexp; - struct expression *tbranch; - struct expression *fbranch; -{ - struct expression *args[3]; - - args[0] = bexp; - args[1] = tbranch; - args[2] = fbranch; - return new_exp (3, op, args); -} - -%} - -/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the - precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual]. - There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators. - Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single - token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */ -%right '?' /* ? */ -%left '|' /* || */ -%left '&' /* && */ -%left EQUOP2 /* == != */ -%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */ -%left ADDOP2 /* + - */ -%left MULOP2 /* * / % */ -%right '!' /* ! */ - -%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2 -%token <num> NUMBER -%type <exp> exp - -%% - -start: exp - { - if ($1 == NULL) - YYABORT; - ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1; - } - ; - -exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp - { - $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5); - } - | exp '|' exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3); - } - | exp '&' exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3); - } - | exp EQUOP2 exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); - } - | exp CMPOP2 exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); - } - | exp ADDOP2 exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); - } - | exp MULOP2 exp - { - $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); - } - | '!' exp - { - $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2); - } - | 'n' - { - $$ = new_exp_0 (var); - } - | NUMBER - { - if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) - $$->val.num = $1; - } - | '(' exp ')' - { - $$ = $2; - } - ; - -%% - -void -internal_function -FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) - struct expression *exp; -{ - if (exp == NULL) - return; - - /* Handle the recursive case. */ - switch (exp->nargs) - { - case 3: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 2: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 1: - FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - default: - break; - } - - free (exp); -} - - -static int -yylex (lval, pexp) - YYSTYPE *lval; - const char **pexp; -{ - const char *exp = *pexp; - int result; - - while (1) - { - if (exp[0] == '\0') - { - *pexp = exp; - return YYEOF; - } - - if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') - break; - - ++exp; - } - - result = *exp++; - switch (result) - { - case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': - case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': - { - unsigned long int n = result - '0'; - while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') - { - n *= 10; - n += exp[0] - '0'; - ++exp; - } - lval->num = n; - result = NUMBER; - } - break; - - case '=': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = equal; - result = EQUOP2; - } - else - result = YYERRCODE; - break; - - case '!': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = not_equal; - result = EQUOP2; - } - break; - - case '&': - case '|': - if (exp[0] == result) - ++exp; - else - result = YYERRCODE; - break; - - case '<': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = less_or_equal; - } - else - lval->op = less_than; - result = CMPOP2; - break; - - case '>': - if (exp[0] == '=') - { - ++exp; - lval->op = greater_or_equal; - } - else - lval->op = greater_than; - result = CMPOP2; - break; - - case '*': - lval->op = mult; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '/': - lval->op = divide; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '%': - lval->op = module; - result = MULOP2; - break; - - case '+': - lval->op = plus; - result = ADDOP2; - break; - - case '-': - lval->op = minus; - result = ADDOP2; - break; - - case 'n': - case '?': - case ':': - case '(': - case ')': - /* Nothing, just return the character. */ - break; - - case ';': - case '\n': - case '\0': - /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ - --exp; - result = YYEOF; - break; - - default: - result = YYERRCODE; -#if YYDEBUG != 0 - --exp; -#endif - break; - } - - *pexp = exp; - - return result; -} - - -static void -yyerror (str) - const char *str; -{ - /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ -} diff --git a/intl/ref-add.sin b/intl/ref-add.sin deleted file mode 100644 index 167374e..0000000 --- a/intl/ref-add.sin +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file. -# -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. -# -# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. -# -/^# Packages using this file: / { - s/# Packages using this file:// - ta - :a - s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ / - tb - s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ / - :b - s/^/# Packages using this file:/ -} diff --git a/intl/ref-del.sin b/intl/ref-del.sin deleted file mode 100644 index 613cf37..0000000 --- a/intl/ref-del.sin +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file. -# -# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published -# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# Library General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, -# USA. -# -# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. -# -/^# Packages using this file: / { - s/# Packages using this file:// - s/ @PACKAGE@ / / - s/^/# Packages using this file:/ -} diff --git a/intl/relocatable.c b/intl/relocatable.c deleted file mode 100644 index 16f79a5..0000000 --- a/intl/relocatable.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,439 +0,0 @@ -/* Provide relocatable packages. - Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - - -/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline(). - This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include - <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include "config.h" -#endif - -/* Specification. */ -#include "relocatable.h" - -#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> - -#ifdef NO_XMALLOC -# define xmalloc malloc -#else -# include "xmalloc.h" -#endif - -#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET -# include <libcharset.h> -#endif -#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV -# include <iconv.h> -#endif -#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS -# include <libintl.h> -#endif - -/* Faked cheap 'bool'. */ -#undef bool -#undef false -#undef true -#define bool int -#define false 0 -#define true 1 - -/* Pathname support. - ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. - IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. - */ -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ - /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ -# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') -# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ - ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ - && (P)[1] == ':') -# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ - (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) -# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0) -#else - /* Unix */ -# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') -# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) -# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0 -#endif - -/* Original installation prefix. */ -static char *orig_prefix; -static size_t orig_prefix_len; -/* Current installation prefix. */ -static char *curr_prefix; -static size_t curr_prefix_len; -/* These prefixes do not end in a slash. Anything that will be concatenated - to them must start with a slash. */ - -/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module. - Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix - by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both - prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" - instead of "/"). */ -static void -set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, - const char *curr_prefix_arg) -{ - if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL - /* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the - relocation is a nop. */ - && strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0) - { - /* Duplicate the argument strings. */ - char *memory; - - orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg); - curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg); - memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1); -#ifdef NO_XMALLOC - if (memory != NULL) -#endif - { - memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1); - orig_prefix = memory; - memory += orig_prefix_len + 1; - memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1); - curr_prefix = memory; - return; - } - } - orig_prefix = NULL; - curr_prefix = NULL; - /* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only - called once. */ -} - -/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. - Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix - by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both - prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" - instead of "/"). */ -void -set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg) -{ - set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); - - /* Now notify all dependent libraries. */ -#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET - libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); -#endif -#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109 - libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); -#endif -#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix - libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); -#endif -} - -/* Convenience function: - Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original - installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular - file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */ -#ifdef IN_LIBRARY -#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix -static -#endif -const char * -compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix, - const char *orig_installdir, - const char *curr_pathname) -{ - const char *curr_installdir; - const char *rel_installdir; - - if (curr_pathname == NULL) - return NULL; - - /* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix. - This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and - orig_installdir. */ - if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix)) - != 0) - /* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix). */ - return NULL; - rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix); - - /* Determine the current installation directory. */ - { - const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname); - const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname); - char *q; - - while (p > p_base) - { - p--; - if (ISSLASH (*p)) - break; - } - - q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1); -#ifdef NO_XMALLOC - if (q == NULL) - return NULL; -#endif - memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname); - q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0'; - curr_installdir = q; - } - - /* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing - rel_installdir from it. */ - { - const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir); - const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir); - const char *cp_base = - curr_installdir + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir); - - while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base) - { - bool same = false; - const char *rpi = rp; - const char *cpi = cp; - - while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base) - { - rpi--; - cpi--; - if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi)) - { - if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi)) - same = true; - break; - } -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ - /* Win32, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */ - if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi) - != (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi)) - break; -#else - if (*rpi != *cpi) - break; -#endif - } - if (!same) - break; - /* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point - to the slash before it. */ - rp = rpi; - cp = cpi; - } - - if (rp > rel_installdir) - /* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */ - return NULL; - - { - size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir; - char *curr_prefix; - - curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1); -#ifdef NO_XMALLOC - if (curr_prefix == NULL) - return NULL; -#endif - memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len); - curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0'; - - return curr_prefix; - } - } -} - -#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR - -/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */ -static char *shared_library_fullname; - -#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ - -/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */ - -BOOL WINAPI -DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved) -{ - (void) reserved; - - if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH) - { - /* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range. */ - static char location[MAX_PATH]; - - if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location))) - /* Shouldn't happen. */ - return FALSE; - - if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location)) - /* Shouldn't happen. */ - return FALSE; - - shared_library_fullname = strdup (location); - } - - return TRUE; -} - -#else /* Unix */ - -static void -find_shared_library_fullname () -{ -#ifdef __linux__ - FILE *fp; - - /* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */ - fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r"); - if (fp) - { - unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname; - for (;;) - { - unsigned long start, end; - int c; - - if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2) - break; - if (address >= start && address <= end - 1) - { - /* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */ - while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/') - continue; - if (c == '/') - { - size_t size; - int len; - - ungetc (c, fp); - shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0; - len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp); - if (len >= 0) - { - /* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */ - if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n') - shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0'; - } - } - break; - } - while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n') - continue; - } - fclose (fp); - } -#endif -} - -#endif /* WIN32 / Unix */ - -/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library. - Return NULL if unknown. - Guaranteed to work only on Linux and Woe32. */ -static char * -get_shared_library_fullname () -{ -#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) - static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname; - if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname) - { - find_shared_library_fullname (); - tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true; - } -#endif - return shared_library_fullname; -} - -#endif /* PIC */ - -/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation - directory. */ -const char * -relocate (const char *pathname) -{ -#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR - static int initialized; - - /* Initialization code for a shared library. */ - if (!initialized) - { - /* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been - set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir - function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has - initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do - better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed - in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later) - to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from - orig_prefix. */ - const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX; - const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR; - const char *curr_prefix_better; - - curr_prefix_better = - compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, - get_shared_library_fullname ()); - if (curr_prefix_better == NULL) - curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix; - - set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better); - - initialized = 1; - } -#endif - - /* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here, - even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was - typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came - from. */ - if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL - && strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0) - { - if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0') - /* pathname equals orig_prefix. */ - return curr_prefix; - if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len])) - { - /* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */ - const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len]; - char *result = - (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1); - -#ifdef NO_XMALLOC - if (result != NULL) -#endif - { - memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len); - strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail); - return result; - } - } - } - /* Nothing to relocate. */ - return pathname; -} - -#endif diff --git a/intl/relocatable.h b/intl/relocatable.h deleted file mode 100644 index d141200..0000000 --- a/intl/relocatable.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -/* Provide relocatable packages. - Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H -#define _RELOCATABLE_H - -/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */ -#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE - -/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because - this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) - in any case. */ -#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL -# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) -#else -# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED -#endif - -/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. - Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix - by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both - prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" - instead of "/"). */ -extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void - set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix, - const char *curr_prefix); - -/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation - directory. */ -extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname); - -/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct - a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program calls - relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. */ - -/* Convenience function: - Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original - installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular - file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */ -extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix, - const char *orig_installdir, - const char *curr_pathname); - -#else - -/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames. */ -#define relocate(pathname) (pathname) - -#endif - -#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */ diff --git a/intl/textdomain.c b/intl/textdomain.c deleted file mode 100644 index f259c69..0000000 --- a/intl/textdomain.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include <config.h> -#endif - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif -#include "gettextP.h" - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ -# include <bits/libc-lock.h> -#else -/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ -# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) -#endif - -/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different - names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs - using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ -#if !defined _LIBC -# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain -# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Name of the default text domain. */ -extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden; - -/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */ -extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden; - - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain -# ifndef strdup -# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) -# endif -#else -# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain -#endif - -/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ -__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) - -/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. - If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. - If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ -char * -TEXTDOMAIN (domainname) - const char *domainname; -{ - char *new_domain; - char *old_domain; - - /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */ - if (domainname == NULL) - return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; - - __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); - - old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; - - /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */ - if (domainname[0] == '\0' - || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0) - { - _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; - new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; - } - else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0) - /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some - environment variable changed. */ - new_domain = old_domain; - else - { - /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain' - will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we - are out of core. */ -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - new_domain = strdup (domainname); -#else - size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; - new_domain = (char *) malloc (len); - if (new_domain != NULL) - memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len); -#endif - - if (new_domain != NULL) - _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain; - } - - /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs - since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we - to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */ - if (new_domain != NULL) - { - ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; - - if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) - free (old_domain); - } - - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); - - return new_domain; -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain); -#endif |